EP3325595B1 - Detergent or cleaning agent with at least two phases - Google Patents

Detergent or cleaning agent with at least two phases Download PDF

Info

Publication number
EP3325595B1
EP3325595B1 EP16751497.5A EP16751497A EP3325595B1 EP 3325595 B1 EP3325595 B1 EP 3325595B1 EP 16751497 A EP16751497 A EP 16751497A EP 3325595 B1 EP3325595 B1 EP 3325595B1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
phase
weight
washing
acid
cleaning agent
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
EP16751497.5A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP3325595A1 (en
Inventor
Oliver Kurth
Inga Kerstin Vockenroth
David MATULLA
Volker Blank
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Henkel AG and Co KGaA
Original Assignee
Henkel AG and Co KGaA
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Henkel AG and Co KGaA filed Critical Henkel AG and Co KGaA
Priority to PL16751497T priority Critical patent/PL3325595T3/en
Priority to EP20173373.0A priority patent/EP3733825A1/en
Publication of EP3325595A1 publication Critical patent/EP3325595A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of EP3325595B1 publication Critical patent/EP3325595B1/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/20Organic compounds containing oxygen
    • C11D3/2003Alcohols; Phenols
    • C11D3/2041Dihydric alcohols
    • C11D3/2044Dihydric alcohols linear
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/20Organic compounds containing oxygen
    • C11D3/2003Alcohols; Phenols
    • C11D3/2041Dihydric alcohols
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D17/00Detergent materials or soaps characterised by their shape or physical properties
    • C11D17/0047Detergents in the form of bars or tablets
    • C11D17/0065Solid detergents containing builders
    • C11D17/0073Tablets
    • C11D17/0078Multilayered tablets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D17/00Detergent materials or soaps characterised by their shape or physical properties
    • C11D17/0047Detergents in the form of bars or tablets
    • C11D17/0065Solid detergents containing builders
    • C11D17/0073Tablets
    • C11D17/0091Dishwashing tablets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D17/00Detergent materials or soaps characterised by their shape or physical properties
    • C11D17/04Detergent materials or soaps characterised by their shape or physical properties combined with or containing other objects
    • C11D17/041Compositions releasably affixed on a substrate or incorporated into a dispensing means
    • C11D17/042Water soluble or water disintegrable containers or substrates containing cleaning compositions or additives for cleaning compositions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D17/00Detergent materials or soaps characterised by their shape or physical properties
    • C11D17/04Detergent materials or soaps characterised by their shape or physical properties combined with or containing other objects
    • C11D17/041Compositions releasably affixed on a substrate or incorporated into a dispensing means
    • C11D17/042Water soluble or water disintegrable containers or substrates containing cleaning compositions or additives for cleaning compositions
    • C11D17/045Multi-compartment
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/20Organic compounds containing oxygen
    • C11D3/2003Alcohols; Phenols
    • C11D3/2065Polyhydric alcohols
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/26Organic compounds containing nitrogen
    • C11D3/30Amines; Substituted amines ; Quaternized amines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/37Polymers
    • C11D3/3746Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C11D3/3753Polyvinylalcohol; Ethers or esters thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/38Products with no well-defined composition, e.g. natural products
    • C11D3/384Animal products
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/66Non-ionic compounds
    • C11D1/722Ethers of polyoxyalkylene glycols having mixed oxyalkylene groups; Polyalkoxylated fatty alcohols or polyalkoxylated alkylaryl alcohols with mixed oxyalkylele groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D2111/00Cleaning compositions characterised by the objects to be cleaned; Cleaning compositions characterised by non-standard cleaning or washing processes
    • C11D2111/10Objects to be cleaned
    • C11D2111/14Hard surfaces

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a washing or cleaning agent, in particular a cleaning agent for hard surfaces, with at least two different phases.
  • Detergents or cleaning agents are usually present in solid form (for example as a powder) or in liquid form (or as a flowing gel). Liquid detergents or cleaning agents in particular are enjoying increasing popularity among consumers.
  • Solid detergents or cleaning agents have the advantage that, unlike liquid detergents or cleaning agents, they do not require any preservatives.
  • Liquid forms of offer are becoming increasingly popular on the market, in particular due to their rapid solubility and the associated rapid availability of the active ingredients they contain. This offers the consumer the opportunity to use time-reduced washing programs and still get good cleaning performance.
  • the object on which the present application is based is therefore achieved by a washing or cleaning agent which comprises at least one first phase and at least one different second phase, the at least one first phase being fixed and the at least one second phase comprises at least one polymer and at least two polyhydric alcohols, a first polyhydric alcohol being an alkanetriol and a second polyhydric alcohol being an alkanediol and the at least one second phase (2) comprising gelatin and / or polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) as the polymer.
  • a washing or cleaning agent which comprises at least one first phase and at least one different second phase, the at least one first phase being fixed and the at least one second phase comprises at least one polymer and at least two polyhydric alcohols, a first polyhydric alcohol being an alkanetriol and a second polyhydric alcohol being an alkanediol and the at least one second phase (2) comprising gelatin and / or polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) as the polymer.
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • a phase in the sense of the present invention is a spatial area in which physical parameters and the chemical composition are homogeneous.
  • a phase differs from another phase by different characteristics, for example ingredients, physical properties, external appearance, etc.
  • Different phases can preferably be distinguished optically.
  • the at least one first phase must be clearly distinguished from the at least one second phase. If the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention has more than one first phase, these can likewise be distinguished from one another with the naked eye, because they differ from one another, for example, in their coloring. The same applies if there are two or more second phases. In this case, too, an optical differentiation of the phases is possible, for example on the basis of a color or transparency difference.
  • Phases in the sense of the present invention are thus self-contained areas that can be visually distinguished from one another by the consumer with the naked eye.
  • the individual phases can have different properties, such as, for example, the rate at which the phase dissolves in water and thus the rate and the order in which the constituents contained in the respective phase are released.
  • the at least one second phase is dimensionally stable at room temperature.
  • the at least one polymer is brought into contact with the at least one polyhydric alcohol. This gives a flowable mixture which can be brought into a desired shape.
  • a second phase is obtained, which remains in the specified form, i.e. is dimensionally stable.
  • the solidification time is preferably 15 minutes or less, preferably 10 minutes or less, particularly preferably 5 minutes.
  • the at least one second phase yields under pressure, but does not deform as a result, but rather returns to the initial state after the pressure has dropped.
  • the at least one second phase is preferably elastic, in particular linear-elastic.
  • the at least one second phase is also preferably transparent, which gives a good visual impression.
  • the at least one second phase is cut-resistant. For example, it can be cut with a knife after solidification without being further destroyed apart from the cut performed. Furthermore, the at least one second phase is particularly flexible. Due to the flexibility and elasticity it can take any shape. This also means breaking strength, which enables good handling, particularly with regard to transport and storage, but also consumption.
  • At least one as used herein means 1 or more, i.e. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more.
  • the information relates to the type of ingredient and not to the absolute number of molecules.
  • At least one bleaching catalyst thus means, for example, at least one kind of bleaching catalyst, i.e. that one type of bleaching catalyst or a mixture of several different bleaching catalysts can be meant.
  • the information relates to all compounds of the specified type which are contained in the composition / mixture, i.e. that the composition contains no further compounds of this type beyond the stated amount of the corresponding compounds.
  • the number average molecular weight can be determined, for example, by means of gel permeation chromatography (GPC) according to DIN 55672-1: 2007-08 with THF as the eluent.
  • the mass average molecular weight M w can also be determined by means of GPC, as described for M n .
  • the at least one first phase is in compressed form.
  • the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention thus comprises at least a first solid, compressed phase and at least one second phase which comprises at least one polymer and at least one polyhydric alcohol.
  • solidification time means the period of time during which the at least one second phase during production changes from a flowable state to a dimensionally stable state which is not flowable at room temperature.
  • Room temperature is understood to be a temperature of 20 Ā° C. This can take place, however, without being restrictive, by crosslinking the at least one polymer.
  • the second phase must be stable in storage, namely under normal storage conditions.
  • the second phase according to the invention is part of a washing or cleaning agent. Detergents or cleaning agents are usually stored in a household for a certain period of time. Storage is usually near the washing machine.
  • the second phase should be stable for such storage.
  • the second phase in particular should also be stable after a storage time of, for example, 4 to 12, in particular 10 to 12 weeks or longer at a temperature of up to 40 Ā° C., in particular at 30 Ā° C., in particular at 25 Ā° C. or at 20 Ā° C. be and do not deform or otherwise change their consistency during this time.
  • the surface of the second phase should differ significantly from the first phase, for example due to its pronounced gloss.
  • the surface of the solid at least one first phase is usually not glossy but matt, lackluster or dull, so that a gloss makes it possible to make a good distinction which makes the detergent or cleaning agent attractive to the consumer.
  • a disadvantage would be a change in volume or shrinkage during storage, as this would result in low acceptance of the product by the consumer. Leakage of liquid or exudation of components from the second phase is also undesirable. Here too, the visual impression is relevant.
  • the stability of the second phase can be influenced by the escape of liquid, such as, for example, solvent, so that the constituents are no longer contained in a stable manner and the washing or cleaning action can also be influenced thereby.
  • the at least one first phase and the at least one second phase should be in direct contact with one another.
  • No negative interaction means, for example, that no ingredients or solvents pass from one phase to the other or that the stability, in particular storage stability, preferably at 4 weeks and 30 Ā° C. storage temperature, and / or the aesthetics of the product in some form, for example by Color change, formation of moist-looking edges, blurring boundary between the two phases or the like is impaired.
  • the second phase is essentially water-free.
  • the second phase is preferably essentially free of water.
  • ā€œEssentially freeā€ here means that small amounts of water can be present in the second phase. This water can be introduced into the phase, for example, by means of a solvent or as water of crystallization or due to reactions of constituents of the phase with one another. However, no water is used as a solvent for the preparation of the second phase.
  • the proportion of water in the second phase is in particular 15% by weight or less or 10% by weight or less, particularly 7% by weight or less, in particular 6% by weight or 5% by weight or less , preferably 2% by weight or less, in particular 1% by weight or less, particularly 0.5% by weight or less, in particular 0.1% by weight or 0.05% by weight or less.
  • the percentages by weight relate to the total weight of the second phase.
  • the at least one second phase comprises at least one polymer.
  • the at least one polymer is particularly suitable for forming a network.
  • the at least one second phase can comprise a polymer, two or more different polymers. In particular, it has one, two or more, in particular one or two, preferably a polymer, which is suitable for forming a network.
  • the at least one second phase can have one or more polymers which do not form a network, but which lead to a thickening and thus an increase in the dimensional stability of the at least one second phase, so-called thickening polymers.
  • the at least one second phase therefore comprises at least one, preferably a polymer for network formation and one or more thickening polymers.
  • the at least one second phase comprises PVA (polyvinyl alcohol) and / or gelatin as polymers suitable for network formation.
  • the at least one second phase further preferably comprises a thickening polymer and in particular polycarboxylates as the thickening polymer
  • Polyvinyl alcohols are thermoplastic materials, which are usually produced as white to yellowish powder by hydrolysis of polyvinyl acetate.
  • Polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) is resistant to almost all anhydrous organic solvents. Polyvinyl alcohols with a molecular weight of 30,000 to 60,000 g / mol are preferred.
  • Gelatin is a mixture of tasteless animal protein.
  • the main component is denatured or hydrolyzed collagen, which is produced from the connective tissue of various animal species.
  • Gelatin lacks the essential amino acid tryptophan, so it is not considered a full-fledged protein.
  • Gelatin swells in water and dissolves when heated above 50 Ā° C. A gel forms on cooling, which becomes liquid again when heated again.
  • PVA and / or gelatin are particularly suitable for producing second phases which meet the requirements shown above. It is therefore particularly preferred to have at least one second phase which contains gelatin and / or PVA and at least one polyhydric alcohol.
  • the at least one second phase particularly preferably comprises gelatin and at least one polyhydric alcohol.
  • the at least one second phase likewise preferably has PVA and at least one polyhydric alcohol.
  • the at least one second phase comprises the polymer suitable for network formation in a proportion of approximately 5% by weight to 40% by weight, in particular 10% to 35% by weight, preferably 15% by weight. up to 20% by weight.
  • Proportions of more than 40% by weight and in particular of more than 20% by weight lead to an extended hardening time.
  • the phases remain soft longer, which leads to an extended manufacturing process.
  • the values are based on the total weight of the second phase.
  • the at least one second phase particularly preferably comprises gelatin.
  • the second phase therefore preferably has gelatin with a bloom value in the range from 60 to 225.
  • the bloom value describes the gelatin strength or gelling strength of gelatin.
  • the key figure is the mass in grams that is required so that a stamp 0.5 inch in diameter deforms the surface of a 6.67% gelatin / water mixture four millimeters deep without tearing it. The attempt takes place standardized at exactly 10 Ā° C with a previous aging of the gelatin of 17 hours.
  • the at least one second phase comprises gelatin with a bloom value of 150 or more, in particular from 180 to 225, preferably from 200 to 225
  • the proportion of gelatin based on the total weight of the second phase is preferably in the range from 10% by weight to 20 % By weight, in particular from 15% by weight to 18% by weight.
  • the bloom value is less than 150, in particular from 60 to 120, preferably from 60 to 100
  • the proportion of gelatin, based on the total weight of the second phase is preferably in the range from 15% by weight to 30% by weight, in particular 20 % By weight to 25% by weight.
  • Gelatin with a bloom value of 180 or more, in particular of 200 or more, particularly 225 is preferred.
  • Gelatin with a corresponding bloom value allows the viscosity of the second phase to be controlled well during production.
  • the amount of gelatin required is lower here than when using gelatin with a lower bloom value, which can lead to a cost reduction.
  • the toughness of the second phase in production is increased.
  • the second phase therefore preferably comprises gelatin and an anionic copolymer / polymer.
  • the proportion of the anionic polymer is preferably 1% by weight to 35% by weight, in particular 3% by weight to 30% by weight, particularly 5% by weight to 25% by weight, preferably 5% by weight. % to 20 wt .-% based on the total weight of the second phase. Sulfopolymers also ensure an excellent gloss on the surface.
  • the proportion of sulfopolymers is preferably 1% by weight to 25% by weight, in particular 3% by weight to 15% by weight. %, particularly 4% by weight to 12% by weight, preferably 5% by weight to 10% by weight, based on the weight of the second phase.
  • the at least one second phase therefore comprises gelatin and a sulfopolymer and at least one polyhydric alcohol.
  • the at least one second phase can further comprise thickening polymer.
  • This is preferably a polycarboxylate.
  • a polycarboxylate preferably a copolymeric polyacrylate, preferably a sulfopolymer, preferably a copolymeric polysulfonate, preferably a hydrophobically modified copolymeric polysulfonate.
  • the copolymers can have two, three, four or more different monomer units.
  • Preferred copolymeric polysulfonates contain, in addition to monomer (s) containing sulfonic acid groups, at least one monomer from the group of unsaturated carboxylic acids.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acids are acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, ethacrylic acid, ā‡ -chloroacrylic acid, ā‡ -cyanoacrylic acid, crotonic acid, ā‡ -phenyl-acrylic acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, methylene malonic acid, sorbic acid, cinnamic acid or mixtures thereof.
  • unsaturated dicarboxylic acids can also be used.
  • H 2 C CH-X-SO 3 H
  • R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from -H, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 and -CH (CH 3 ) 2
  • Particularly preferred monomers containing sulfonic acid groups are 1-acrylamido-1-propanesulfonic acid, 2-acrylamido-2-propanesulfonic acid, 2-acrylamido-2-methyl-1-propanesulfonic acid, 2-methacrylamido-2-methyl-1-propanesulfonic acid, 3- Methacrylamido-2-hydroxy-propanesulfonic acid, allylsulfonic acid, methallylsulfonic acid, allyloxybenzenesulfonic acid, methallyloxybenzenesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxy-3- (2-propenyloxy) propanesulfonic acid, 2-methyl-2-propen1-sulfonic acid, styrenesulfonic acid, vinylsulfonic acid, 3-sulfopropyl acrylate , Sulfomethacrylamide, sulfomethyl methacrylamide and mixtures of the acids mentioned or their water-soluble salts.
  • the sulfonic acid groups in the polymers can be wholly or partly in neutralized form, that is to say that the acidic hydrogen atom of the sulfonic acid group in some or all of the sulfonic acid groups can be replaced by metal ions, preferably alkali metal ions and in particular by sodium ions.
  • metal ions preferably alkali metal ions and in particular by sodium ions.
  • the use of partially or fully neutralized copolymers containing sulfonic acid groups is preferred according to the invention.
  • the monomer distribution of the copolymers preferably used according to the invention is preferably 5 to 95% by weight in each case in copolymers which contain only monomers containing carboxylic acid groups and monomers containing sulfonic acid groups, particularly preferably the proportion of the monomer containing sulfonic acid groups is 50 to 90% by weight. % and the proportion of the carboxylic acid group-containing monomer 10 to 50 wt .-%, the monomers are preferably selected from the aforementioned.
  • the molar mass of the sulfo copolymers preferably used according to the invention can be varied in order to adapt the properties of the polymers to the desired intended use.
  • Preferred cleaning agents are characterized in that the copolymers have molar masses from 2000 to 200,000 gmol -1 , preferably from 4000 to 25,000 gmol -1 and in particular from 5000 to 15,000 gmol -1 .
  • the copolymers in addition to the monomer containing carboxyl groups and the monomer containing sulfonic acid groups, the copolymers further comprise at least one nonionic, preferably hydrophobic monomer.
  • the use of these hydrophobically modified polymers in particular has improved the rinse aid performance of dishwashing detergents according to the invention.
  • Monomers of the general formula R 1 (R 2 ) C C (R 3 ) -XR 4 , in which R 1 to R 3 independently of one another are -H, -CH 3 or -C 2 H 5 , are preferably used as nonionic monomers , X represents an optionally available spacer group which is selected from -CH 2 -, - C (O) O- and -C (O) -NH-, and R 4 represents a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl radical having 2 to 22 carbon atoms or represents an unsaturated, preferably aromatic radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • nonionic monomers are butene, isobutene, pentene, 3-methylbutene, 2-methylbutene, cyclopentene, hexene, hexene-1, 2-methylpentene-1, 3-methylpentene-1, cyclohexene, methylcyclopentene, cycloheptene, methylcyclohexene, 2,4 , 4-trimethylpentene-1, 2,4,4-trimethylpentene-2,2,3-dimethylhexene-1, 2,4-dimethylhexene-1, 2,5-dimethylhexene-1, 3,5-dimethylhexene-1,4 , 4-dimethylhexane-1, ethylcyclohexyne, 1-octene, ā‡ -olefins with 10 or more carbon atoms such as 1-decene, 1-dodecene, 1-hexadecene, 1-octadecene and C 22
  • the at least one second phase can also comprise other polymers, such as PEG, in particular those polyethylene glycols with an average molecular weight between about 200 and 8000, between about 800 and 4000 g / mol, particularly preferably with an average molecular weight between 1000 and 2000 g / mol , for example around 1500 g / mol (INCI: PEG1500), which increase the stability of the second phase.
  • PEG polyethylene glycols with an average molecular weight between about 200 and 8000, between about 800 and 4000 g / mol, particularly preferably with an average molecular weight between 1000 and 2000 g / mol , for example around 1500 g / mol (INCI: PEG1500), which increase the stability of the second phase.
  • the at least one second phase comprises at least one polyhydric alcohol.
  • the at least one polyhydric alcohol enables the production of a dimensionally stable, non-flowable second phase within a short setting time, within 15 minutes or less, in particular 10 minutes or less.
  • Polyhydric alcohols in the context of the present invention are hydrocarbons in which two, three or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced by OH groups. The OH groups are bound to different carbon atoms. A carbon atom has no two OH groups. This differs from (simple) bound. A carbon atom has no two OH groups. This differs from (simple)
  • a polyhydric alcohol thus corresponds to the general formula [KW] (OH) x , where KW is a hydrocarbon which is linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted. Substitution can take place, for example, with -SH or -NH groups.
  • KW is preferably a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, unsubstituted hydrocarbon. KW comprises at least two carbon atoms.
  • KW particularly preferably comprises 2 to 10, that is to say 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 carbon atoms.
  • the at least one second phase comprises at least one alkanetriol and / or at least one alkanediol, in particular at least one C 3 to C 10 alkanetriol and / or at least one C 3 to C 10 alkanediol, preferably at least one C 3 to C 8 Alkanetriol and / or at least one C 3 to C 8 alkanediol, especially at least one C 3 to C 6 alkanediol and / or at least one C 3 to C 5 alkanediol as polyhydric alcohol. It preferably comprises an alkanetriol and an alkanediol as at least one polyhydric alcohol.
  • the at least second phase therefore comprises at least one polymer, gelatin and / or PVA, and at least one alkanediol and at least one alkanetriol, in particular an alkanetriol and an alkanediol.
  • a second phase which comprises at least one polymer, in particular gelatin and / or PVA, as well as a C 3 to C 8 alkanediol and a C 3 to C 8 alkanetriol.
  • a second phase is further preferred which comprises at least one polymer, in particular gelatin and / or PVA, and also a C 3 to C 5 alkanediol and a C 3 to C 6 alkanetriol.
  • the polyhydric alcohols do not include derivatives such as ethers, esters, etc. thereof.
  • the amount of polyhydric alcohol or polyhydric alcohols used in the second phases according to the invention is preferably at least 45% by weight, in particular 55% by weight or more.
  • Preferred quantitative ranges are from 5% by weight to 75% by weight, in particular from 10% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the second phase.
  • the C 3 -C 6 alkanetriol is preferably glycerol and / or 2-ethyl-2- (hydroxymethyl) -1,3-propanediol (also called 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane) and / or 2-amino-2- (hydroxymethyl) -1,3-propanediol (TRIS, trishydroxymethylaminoethane).
  • the C 3 - to C 6 -alkanetriol glycerol and / or 2-ethyl-2- (hydroxymethyl) -1,3-propanediol (also called 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane) is particularly preferred.
  • the C 3 to C 5 alkanediol is preferably 1,3-propanediol and / or 1,2-propanediol.
  • the diol 1,3-propanediol is particularly preferred. Surprisingly, it has been found that particularly good results are achieved with mixtures which comprise glycerol and 1,3-propanediol and / or 1,2-propanediol.
  • the second phase particularly preferably comprises gelatin, glycerol and 1,3-propanediol or gelatin, 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane and 1,3-propanediol.
  • a corresponding phase is also transparent and has a glossy surface.
  • a particularly preferred second phase therefore comprises gelatin or PVA as a polymer and 1,3-propanediol and glycerol or 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane as polyhydric alcohols.
  • the proportion of alkanetriol, in particular glycerol or 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane, based on the total weight of the second phase is preferably 5% by weight up to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight to 65% by weight, particularly 20% by weight to 40% by weight.
  • the total proportion of alkanetriol (s), based on the total weight of the second phase is preferably 5% by weight to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight 65% by weight, particularly 20% by weight to 40% by weight.
  • the proportion of glycerol based on the total weight of the second phase is preferably 5% by weight to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight to 65% by weight. especially 20% by weight to 40% by weight.
  • the proportion of 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane based on the total weight of the second phase is preferably 5% by weight to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight .-% to 65 wt .-%, especially 20 wt .-% to 40 wt .-%.
  • the proportion of 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol, based on the total weight of the second phase is preferably 5% by weight % to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight to 65% by weight, particularly 20% by weight to 40% by weight.
  • the amount of alkanediols is preferably 5% by weight to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight to 65% by weight, especially 20% by weight to 40% by weight.
  • the proportion of alkanediol, in particular 1,3-propanediol, based on the total weight of the second phase is preferably 5% by weight to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight to 65% by weight, especially 20% by weight to 45% by weight.
  • 1,3-propanediol is contained in the second phase, the proportion of 1,3-propanediol, based on the total weight of the second phase, is in particular 10% by weight to 65% by weight, particularly 20% by weight up to 45% by weight.
  • a second phase the 20 to 45 wt .-% 1,3 propanediol and 10 wt .-% to 65 wt .-% 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol, each based on the total weight of the second phase.
  • a second phase which contains 20 to 45% by weight of 1,3 propanediol and 10% by weight to 65% by weight of 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane, in each case based on the total weight of the second phase.
  • the weight ratio is preferably 3: 1 to 2: 1.
  • the weight ratio is 2: 1 if glycerol and 1,3-propanediol are present as polyhydric alcohols.
  • the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention preferably comprises at least one surfactant.
  • This surfactant is selected from the group of anionic, nonionic and cationic surfactants.
  • the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention can also contain mixtures of several surfactants selected from the same group.
  • the at least one first phase and the at least one second phase each comprise at least one surfactant.
  • At least one first and / or second phases according to the invention preferably contain at least one nonionic surfactant. All nonionic surfactants known to the person skilled in the art can be used as nonionic surfactants. Low-foaming nonionic surfactants are preferably used, in particular alkoxylated, especially ethoxylated, low-foaming nonionic surfactants. These are specified in more detail below.
  • Suitable nonionic surfactants are, for example, alkyl glycosides of the general formula RO (G) x in which R corresponds to a primary straight-chain or methyl-branched, in particular methyl-branched aliphatic radical having 8 to 22, preferably 12 to 18 C atoms and G is the symbol , which stands for a glycose unit with 5 or 6 carbon atoms, preferably for glucose.
  • the degree of oligomerization x which indicates the distribution of monoglycosides and oligoglycosides, is any number between 1 and 10; x is preferably 1.2 to 1.4.
  • nonionic surfactants which are used either as the sole nonionic surfactant or in combination with other nonionic surfactants, are alkoxylated, preferably ethoxylated or ethoxylated and propoxylated fatty acid alkyl esters, preferably with 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain.
  • Nonionic surfactants of the amine oxide type for example N-cocoalkyl-N, N-dimethylamine oxide and N-tallow alkyl-N, N-dihydroxyethylamine oxide, and the fatty acid alkanolamides can also be suitable.
  • the amount of these nonionic surfactants is preferably not more than that of the ethoxylated fatty alcohols, in particular not more than half of them.
  • the washing or cleaning agents according to the invention in particular cleaning agents for automatic dishwashing, particularly preferably contain nonionic surfactants from the group of the alkoxylated alcohols.
  • the nonionic surfactants used are preferably alkoxylated, advantageously ethoxylated, in particular primary alcohols having preferably 8 to 18 carbon atoms and an average of 1 to 12 moles of ethylene oxide (EO) per mole of alcohol, in which the alcohol residue can be linear or preferably methyl-branched in the 2-position or may contain linear and methyl-branched radicals in the mixture, as are usually present in oxo alcohol radicals.
  • EO ethylene oxide
  • alcohol ethoxylates with linear residues of alcohols of native origin with 12 to 18 carbon atoms for example from coconut, palm, tallow fat or oleyl alcohol, and an average of 2 to 8 moles of EO per mole of alcohol are particularly preferred.
  • the preferred ethoxylated alcohols include, for example, C 12-14 alcohols with 3 EO or 4 EO, C 8-11 alcohol with 7 EO, C 13-15 alcohols with 3 EO, 5 EO, 7 EO or 8 EO, C 12-18 alcohols with 3 EO, 5 EO or 7 EO and mixtures thereof, such as mixtures of C 12-14 alcohol with 3 EO and C 12-18 alcohol with 5 EO.
  • Preferred alcohol ethoxylates have a narrow homolog distribution (narrow range ethoxylates, NRE).
  • fatty alcohols with more than 12 EO can also be used. Examples include tallow fatty alcohol with 14 EO, 25 EO, 30 EO or 40 EO.
  • ethoxylated nonionic surfactants which consist of C 6-20 monohydroxyalkanols or C 6-20 alkylphenols or C 16-20 fatty alcohols and more than 12 mol, preferably more than 15 mol and in particular more than 20 mol, of ethylene oxide per mol of alcohol were used.
  • a particularly preferred nonionic surfactant is obtained from a straight-chain fatty alcohol having 16 to 20 carbon atoms (C 16-20 alcohol), preferably a C 18 alcohol and at least 12 mol, preferably at least 15 mol and in particular at least 20 mol, of ethylene oxide.
  • C 16-20 alcohol straight-chain fatty alcohol having 16 to 20 carbon atoms
  • C 18 alcohol preferably a C 18 alcohol and at least 12 mol, preferably at least 15 mol and in particular at least 20 mol, of ethylene oxide.
  • the so-called ā€œnarrow range ethoxylatesā€ are particularly preferred.
  • Preferred surfactants come from the groups of alkoxylated nonionic surfactants, in particular ethoxylated primary alcohols and mixtures of these surfactants with structurally more complex surfactants such as polyoxypropylene / polyoxyethylene / polyoxypropylene ((PO / EO / PO) surfactants).
  • Such (PO / EO / PO) nonionic surfactants are also characterized by good foam control.
  • nonionic surfactants have been found in the context of the present invention for the low-foaming nonionic surfactants which have alternating ethylene oxide and alkylene oxide units. These in turn include surfactants with EO-AO-EO-AO blocks preferred, in each case one to ten EO or AO groups being bonded to one another before a block follows from the other groups.
  • R 1 is a straight-chain or branched, saturated or, or polyunsaturated, C 6-24 alkyl or alkenyl radical
  • each group R 2 or R 3 is independently selected from -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 -CH 3 , -CH (CH 3 ) 2 and the indices w, x, y, z independently of one another represent integers from 1 to 6.
  • Preferred nonionic surfactants of the above formula can be prepared by known methods from the corresponding alcohols R 1 -OH and ethylene or alkylene oxide.
  • the radical R 1 in the above formula can vary depending on the origin of the alcohol. If native sources are used, the radical R 1 has an even number of carbon atoms and is usually unbranched, the linear radicals being from alcohols of native origin with 12 to 18 carbon atoms, for example from coconut, palm, tallow or Oleyl alcohol are preferred.
  • Alcohols accessible from synthetic sources are, for example, the Guerbet alcohols or, in the mixture, methyl-branched or linear and methyl-branched radicals in the mixture, as are usually present in oxo alcohol radicals.
  • nonionic surfactants are preferred in which R 1 in the above formula for an alkyl radical having 6 to 24, preferably 8 to 20, particularly preferably 9 to 15 and in particular 9 to 11 Carbon atoms.
  • butylene oxide is particularly suitable as the alkylene oxide unit which is present in the preferred nonionic surfactants in alternation with the ethylene oxide unit.
  • R 2 or R 3 are selected independently of one another from ā€”CH 2 CH 2 ā€”CH 3 or ā€”CH (CH 3 ) 2 are also suitable.
  • Nonionic surfactants of the above formula are preferably used, in which R 2 and R 3 for a radical ā€”CH 3 , w and x independently of one another stand for values of 3 or 4 and y and z independently of one another for values of 1 or 2.
  • nonionic surfactants of the first phase are nonionic surfactants of the general formula R 1 O (AlkO) x M (OAlk) y OR 2 , where R 1 and R 2 independently of one another represent a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, optionally hydroxylated alkyl radical having 4 to 22 carbon atoms; Alk represents a branched or unbranched alkyl radical having 2 to 4 carbon atoms; x and y independently represent values between 1 and 70; and M for an alkyl radical from the Group CH 2 , CHR 3 , CR 3 R 4 , CH 2 CHR 3 and CHR 3 CHR 4 , where R 3 and R 4 independently represent a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated alkyl radical having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • Nonionic surfactants of the general formula R 1 -CH (OH) CH 2 -O (CH 2 CH 2 O) x CH 2 CHR (OCH 2 CH 2 ) y -CH 2 CH (OH) -R 2 are preferred, wherein R, R 1 and R 2 independently of one another are an alkyl radical or alkenyl radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms; x and y independently represent values between 1 and 40.
  • R 1 -CH (OH) CH 2 -O (CH 2 CH 2 O) x CH 2 CHR (OCH 2 CH 2 ) y O-CH 2 CH (OH) -R 2 are particularly preferred here, in which R represents a linear, saturated alkyl radical having 8 to 16 carbon atoms, preferably 10 to 14 carbon atoms and n and m independently of one another have values from 20 to 30.
  • Corresponding compounds can be obtained, for example, by reacting HO-CHR-CH 2 -OH alkyldiols with ethylene oxide, followed by reaction with an alkyl epoxide to block the free OH functions to form a dihydroxy ether.
  • the cleaning performance of preparations according to the invention can surprisingly be significantly improved, both in comparison to a surfactant-free system and in comparison to systems which contain alternative nonionic surfactants, for example from the group of polyalkoxylated fatty alcohols.
  • nonionic surfactants with one or more free hydroxyl groups on one or both terminal alkyl radicals can significantly improve the stability of the enzymes contained in the cleaning agent preparations according to the invention.
  • Those end group-capped poly (oxyalkylated) nonionic surfactants which, according to the following formula, are particularly preferred in addition to a radical R 1 , which represents linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably having 4 to 22 carbon atoms, a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical R 2 having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, where n stands for values between 1 and 90, preferably for values between 10 and 80 and in particular for values between 20 and 60.
  • Particularly preferred are surfactants of the above formula in which R 1 is C 7 to C 13 , n is an integer from 16 to 28 and R 2 is C 8 to C 12 .
  • R 1 is a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon radical with 4 up to 18 carbon atoms or mixtures thereof
  • R 2 denotes a linear or branched hydrocarbon radical with 2 to 26 carbon atoms or mixtures thereof and x stands for values between 0.5 and 1.5 and y stands for a value of at least 15.
  • the group of these nonionic surfactants includes, for example, the C 2-26 fatty alcohol (PO) 1 - (EO) 15-40 -2-hydroxyalkyl ethers, in particular also the C 8-10 fatty alcohol (PO) 1 - (EO) 22 -2 -hydroxydecyl ether.
  • nonionic surfactants are the end-capped poly (oxyalkylated) nonionic surfactants of the formula R 1 O [CH 2 CH (R 3 ) O] x [CH 2 ] k CH (OH) [CH 2 ] j OR 2 , in which R 1 and R 2 are linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, R 3 is H or one Methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, 2-butyl or 2-methyl-2-butyl radical, x stands for values between 1 and 30, k and j for values between 1 and 12, preferably between 1 and 5.
  • each R 3 in the above formula R 1 O [CH 2 CH (R 3 ) O] x [CH 2 ] k CH (OH) [CH 2 ] j OR 2 may be different.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, radicals having 8 to 18 carbon atoms being particularly preferred.
  • H, -CH 3 or -CH 2 CH 3 are particularly preferred for the radical R 3 .
  • Particularly preferred values for x are in the range from 1 to 20, in particular from 6 to 15.
  • each R 3 in the above formula can be different if x> 2.
  • the value 3 for x has been chosen here by way of example and may well be larger, the range of variation increasing with increasing x values and including, for example, a large number (EO) groups combined with a small number (PO) groups, or vice versa .
  • the group of these nonionic surfactants includes, for example, the C 4-22 fatty alcohol (EO) 10-80 -2-hydroxyalkyl ethers, in particular also the C 8-12 fatty alcohol (EO) 22 -2-hydroxydecyl ether and the C 4-22 fatty alcohol (EO) 40-80 -2-hydroxyalkyl ether.
  • the at least one first and / or the at least one second phase preferably contains at least one nonionic surfactant, preferably a nonionic surfactant from the group of the hydroxy mixed ethers, the weight fraction of the nonionic surfactant in the total weight of the second phase preferably being 0.5% by weight to 30% % By weight, preferably 5% by weight to 25% by weight and in particular 10% by weight to 20% by weight.
  • the nonionic surfactant of the first and / or second phase is selected from nonionic surfactants of the general formula R 1 -O (CH 2 CH 2 O) x CR 3 R 4 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) y OR 2 , in R 1 and R 2 independently of one another are an alkyl radical or alkenyl radical having 4 to 22 carbon atoms; R 3 and R 4 are independently H or an alkyl or alkenyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and x and y are independently values between 1 and 40.
  • the specified C chain lengths and degrees of ethoxylation or degrees of alkoxylation of the nonionic surfactants represent statistical mean values which can be an integer or a fraction for a specific product. Due to the manufacturing process, commercial products of the formulas mentioned usually do not consist of an individual representative, but of mixtures, which can result in mean values and fractional numbers both for the C chain lengths and for the degrees of ethoxylation or degrees of alkoxylation.
  • nonionic surfactants can be used not only as individual substances, but also as surfactant mixtures of two, three, four or more surfactants.
  • Nonionic surfactants which have a melting point above room temperature.
  • Suitable nonionic surfactants which have melting or softening points in the temperature range mentioned are, for example, low-foaming nonionic surfactants which can be solid or highly viscous at room temperature. If nonionic surfactants are used which are highly viscous at room temperature, it is preferred that they have a viscosity above 20 Pa ā‡ s, preferably above 35 Pa ā‡ s and in particular above 40 Pa ā‡ s. Nonionic surfactants that have a waxy consistency at room temperature are also preferred.
  • the nonionic surfactant which is solid at room temperature preferably has propylene oxide units (PO) in the molecule.
  • PO units preferably make up up to 25% by weight, particularly preferably up to 20% by weight and in particular up to 15% by weight of the total molar mass of the nonionic surfactant.
  • Particularly preferred nonionic surfactants are ethoxylated monohydroxyalkanols or alkylphenols which additionally have polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene block copolymer units.
  • the alcohol or alkylphenol part of such nonionic surfactant molecules preferably makes up more than 30% by weight, particularly preferably more than 50% by weight and in particular more than 70% by weight of the total molar mass of such nonionic surfactants.
  • Preferred agents are characterized in that they contain ethoxylated and propoxylated nonionic surfactants in which the propylene oxide units in the molecule up to 25% by weight, preferably up to 20% by weight and in particular up to 15% by weight, of the total molecular weight of the nonionic Identify surfactants.
  • nonionic surfactants with melting points above room temperature which are particularly preferably used in the first phase contain 40 to 70% of a polyoxypropylene / polyoxyethylene / polyoxypropylene block polymer blend which contains 75% by weight of an inverted block copolymer of polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene with 17 mol of ethylene oxide and 44 mol of propylene oxide and 25% by weight of a block copolymer of polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene initiated with trimethylolpropane and containing 24 moles of ethylene oxide and 99 moles of propylene oxide per mole of trimethylolpropane.
  • the weight fraction of the nonionic surfactant in the total weight of the first phase is from 0.1 to 20% by weight, particularly preferably from 0.5 to 15% by weight, in particular from 2.5 to 10% by weight .
  • anionic surface-active substances are suitable as anionic surfactants in dishwashing detergents. These are characterized by a water-solubilizing, anionic group such as. B. a carboxylate, sulfate, sulfonate or phosphate group and a lipophilic alkyl group with about 8 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • anionic group such as. B. a carboxylate, sulfate, sulfonate or phosphate group and a lipophilic alkyl group with about 8 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • glycol or polyglycol ether groups, ester, ether and amide groups and hydroxyl groups can be contained in the molecule.
  • Suitable anionic surfactants are preferably in the form of the sodium, potassium and ammonium as well as the mono-, di- and trialkanolammonium salts with 2 to 4 carbon atoms in the alkanol group, but also zinc, manganese (II), magnesium, calcium or Mixtures of these can serve as counterions.
  • Preferred anionic surfactants are alkyl sulfates, alkyl polyglycol ether sulfates and ether carboxylic acids with 10 to 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl group and up to 12 glycol ether groups in the molecule.
  • cationic and / or amphoteric surfactants such as betaines or quaternary ammonium compounds can also be used. However, it is preferred that no cationic and / or amphoteric surfactants are used.
  • the second phase is therefore free of surfactants, in particular nonionic surfactants.
  • Preferred washing or cleaning agents according to the invention are further characterized in that they contain less than 1.0% by weight and in particular no anionic surfactant in the at least one first and / or the at least one second phase, in particular in the first phase, since The addition of anionic surfactants has proven to be disadvantageous with regard to the phase properties, in particular their hardness, friability (abrasion behavior) and post-curing behavior.
  • the at least one second phase can also have sugar.
  • sugars include monosccharides, disaccharides and oligosaccharides.
  • the second phase comprises disaccharides, in particular sucrose.
  • the proportion of sucrose is 0% by weight to 30% by weight, in particular 5% by weight to 25% by weight, particularly preferably 10% by weight to 20% by weight, based on the weight of the second Phase.
  • the sugar does not completely dissolve you in the second phase and leads to clouding of the same.
  • the use of sugar in particular in a proportion of 10% by weight to 5 to 15% by weight, reduces the development of moisture and thus improves the adhesion to at least one first phase.
  • builder substances such as silicates, aluminum silicates (especially zeolites), salts of organic di- and polycarboxylic acids and mixtures of these substances, preferably water-soluble builder substances, can be advantageous.
  • the use of phosphates is largely or completely dispensed with.
  • the agent preferably contains less than 5% by weight, particularly preferably less than 3% by weight, in particular less than 1% by weight of phosphate (s).
  • the agent is particularly preferably completely phosphate-free, i.e. the agents contain less than 0.1% by weight of phosphate (s).
  • the builders include, in particular, carbonates, citrates, phosphonates, organic builders and silicates.
  • the weight fraction of the total builders in the total weight of agents according to the invention is preferably 15 to 80% by weight and in particular 20 to 70% by weight.
  • Organic builders suitable according to the invention are, for example, the polycarboxylic acids (polycarboxylates) which can be used in the form of their sodium salts, polycarboxylic acids being understood to mean those carboxylic acids which have more than one, in particular two to eight, acid functions, preferably two to six, in particular two, three, four or five acid functions carry throughout the molecule.
  • Preferred polycarboxylic acids are therefore dicarboxylic acids, tricarboxylic acids, tetracarboxylic acids and pentacarboxylic acids, in particular di-, tri- and tetracarboxylic acids.
  • the polycarboxylic acids can also carry further functional groups, such as hydroxyl or amino groups.
  • these are citric acid, adipic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, sugar acids (preferably aldaric acids, for example galactaric acid and glucaric acid), aminocarboxylic acids, in particular aminodicarboxylic acids, aminotricarboxylic acids, aminotetracarboxylic acids, such as, for example, nitramino-nitric acids, such as, for example, nitramino-triacids, such as, for example, nitraminotriestric acids, such as, for example, nitraminotriestric acids, such as, for example, nitraminotriestric acids, such as, for example, nitraminotriestric acids, such as, for example, nitraminotriestric acids, such as, for example, nitraminotriestric acids, such as, for example, nitraminotriestric acids -diacetic acid (also
  • polymeric polycarboxylates organic polymers with a large number of (in particular greater than ten) carboxylate functions in the macromolecule
  • polyaspartates organic polymers with a large number of (in particular greater than ten) carboxylate functions in the macromolecule
  • polyacetals polyacetals and dextrins.
  • the free acids typically also have the property of an acidifying component.
  • Citric acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, gluconic acid and any mixtures thereof can be mentioned in particular.
  • washing or cleaning agents according to the invention in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents, contain one or more salts of citric acid, ie citrates, as one of their essential builders. These are preferably in a proportion of 2 to 40% by weight, in particular 5 to 30% by weight, particularly 7 to 28% by weight, particularly preferably 10 to 25% by weight, very particularly preferably 15 to Contain 20 wt .-%, each based on the total weight of the agent.
  • washing or cleaning agents according to the invention are characterized in that they contain at least two builders from the group of the silicates, phosphonates, carbonates, aminocarboxylic acids and citrates, the weight fraction of these builders based on the total weight of the cleaning agent according to the invention, preferably 5 to 70 wt .-%, preferably 15 to 60 wt .-% and in particular 20 to 50 wt .-%.
  • the combination of two or more builders from the group mentioned above has proven to be advantageous for the cleaning and rinsing performance of detergents or cleaning agents according to the invention, in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents.
  • one or more other builders may also be included.
  • Preferred washing or cleaning agents are characterized by a combination of builders of citrate and carbonate and / or bicarbonate.
  • a mixture of carbonate and citrate is used, the amount of carbonate preferably being from 5 to 40% by weight, in particular 10 to 35% by weight, very particularly preferably 15 to 30% by weight, and the amount of citrate is preferably from 5 to 35% by weight, in particular 10 to 25% by weight, very particularly preferably 15 to 20% by weight, in each case based on the total amount of the cleaning agent, the total amount of these two builders preferably being 20 to 65 % By weight, in particular 25 to 60% by weight, preferably 30 to 50% by weight.
  • one or more other builders can also be included.
  • the washing or cleaning agents according to the invention can contain, in particular, phosphonates as further builders.
  • a hydroxyalkane and / or aminoalkane phosphonate is preferably used as the phosphonate compound.
  • HEDP 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonate
  • Preferred aminoalkane phosphonates are ethylenediaminetetramethylenephosphonate (EDTMP), diethylenetriaminepentamethylenephosphonate (DTPMP) and their higher homologues.
  • Phosphonates in agents according to the invention are preferably in amounts of 0.1 to 10% by weight, in particular in amounts of 0.5 to 8% by weight, very particularly preferably 2.5 to 7.5% by weight based on the total weight of the agent.
  • citrate, (hydrogen) carbonate and phosphonate are particularly preferred. These can be used in the amounts mentioned above. In particular, in this combination, amounts of 10 to 25% by weight citrate, 10 to 30% by weight carbonate (or bicarbonate), and 2.5 to 7.5% by weight, based in each case on the total weight of the composition. Phosphonate used.
  • washing or cleaning agents in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents, are characterized in that, in addition to citrate and (hydrogen) carbonate and optionally phosphonate, they contain at least one further phosphorus-free builder.
  • this is selected from the aminocarboxylic acids, the further phosphorus-free builder preferably being selected from methylglycinediacetic acid (MGDA), glutamic acid diacetate (GLDA), aspartic acid diacetate (ASDA), hydroxyethyliminodiacetate (HEIDA), iminodisuccinate (IDS) and ethylenediamine disuccinate, particularly preferably from EDDS MGDA or GLDA.
  • MGDA methylglycinediacetic acid
  • GLDA glutamic acid diacetate
  • ASDA aspartic acid diacetate
  • HEIDA hydroxyethyliminodiacetate
  • IDS iminodisuccinate
  • ethylenediamine disuccinate particularly preferably from EDDS MG
  • the percentage by weight of the further phosphorus-free builder, in particular the MGDA and / or GLDA, is preferably 0 to 40% by weight, in particular 5 to 30% by weight, especially 7 to 25 % By weight.
  • the use of MGDA or GLDA, in particular MGDA, as granules is particularly preferred. MGDA granules which contain as little water as possible and / or have a lower hygroscopicity (water absorption at 25 Ā° C., normal pressure) compared to the non-granulated powder are advantageous.
  • the combination of at least three, in particular at least four builders from the group mentioned above has proven to be advantageous for the cleaning and rinsing performance of cleaning agents according to the invention, in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents. It can also contain other builders.
  • Polymeric polycarboxylates are also suitable as organic builders, for example the alkali metal salts of polyacrylic acid or polymethacrylic acid, for example those with a relative molecular weight of 500 to 70,000 g / mol.
  • Suitable polymers are, in particular, polyacrylates, which preferably have a molecular weight of 1000 to 20,000 g / mol. Because of their superior solubility, the short-chain polyacrylates with molecular weights from 1100 to 10000 g / mol, and particularly preferably from 1200 to 5000 g / mol, can in turn be preferred from this group.
  • the content of (homo) polymeric polycarboxylates in the washing or cleaning agents according to the invention, in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents, is preferably 0.5 to 20% by weight, preferably 2 to 15% by weight and in particular 4 to 10% by weight. %.
  • Detergents or cleaning agents according to the invention can furthermore contain crystalline layered silicates of the general formula NaMSi x O 2x +1 .yH 2 O, in which M represents sodium or hydrogen, x is a number from 1.9 to 22, preferably from 1.9 to 4, particularly preferred values for x being 2, 3 or 4, and y being a number from 0 to 33, preferably from 0 to 20.
  • Amorphous sodium silicates with a modulus Na 2 O: SiO 2 of 1: 2 to 1: 3.3, preferably 1: 2 to 1: 2.8 and in particular 1: 2 to 1: 2.6, can also be used are preferably delayed release and have secondary washing properties.
  • the silicate content based on the total weight of the washing or cleaning agent, is below 10% by weight, preferably below 5% by weight and in particular below 2% by weight limited.
  • the washing or cleaning agents according to the invention can furthermore contain alkali metal hydroxides.
  • alkali carriers are used in the Detergents or cleaning agents, and in particular in the at least one second phase, preferably only in small amounts, preferably in amounts below 10% by weight, preferably below 6% by weight, preferably below 5% by weight, particularly preferably between 0.1 and 5 wt .-% and in particular between 0.5 and 5 wt .-%, each based on the total weight of the detergent or cleaning agent.
  • Alternative washing or cleaning agents according to the invention are free from alkali metal hydroxides.
  • Cleaning agents according to the invention preferably contain enzyme (s) in the at least one first and / or the at least one second phase.
  • enzymes include in particular proteases, amylases, lipases, hemicellulases, cellulases, perhydrolases or oxidoreductases, and preferably their mixtures.
  • these enzymes are of natural origin; Based on the natural molecules, improved variants are available for use in cleaning agents, which are accordingly preferred.
  • Cleaning agents according to the invention preferably contain enzymes in total amounts of 1 ā‡ 10 -6 % by weight to 5% by weight, based on active protein.
  • the protein concentration can be determined using known methods, for example the BCA method or the biuret method.
  • subtilisin type those of the subtilisin type are preferred. Examples of this are the subtilisins BPN 'and Carlsberg and their further developed forms, the protease PB92, the subtilisins 147 and 309, the alkaline protease from Bacillus lentus, subtilisin DY and the enzymes thermitase which can no longer be assigned to the subtilisins in the narrower sense, Proteinase K and the proteases TW3 and TW7.
  • amylases which can be used according to the invention are the ā‡ -amylases from Bacillus licheniformis, from ā‡ . amyloliquefaciens, from ā‡ . stearothermophilus, from Aspergillus niger and A. oryzae, and the further developments of the aforementioned amylases, which have been improved for use in cleaning agents. Furthermore, the ā‡ -amylase from Bacillus sp. A 7-7 (DSM 12368) and the cyclodextrin glucanotransferase (CGTase) from ā‡ . to highlight agaradherens (DSM 9948).
  • Lipases or cutinases can furthermore be used according to the invention, in particular because of their triglyceride-cleaving activities, but also to generate peracids in situ from suitable precursors.
  • suitable precursors include, for example, the lipases originally obtainable from Humicola lanuginosa (Thermomyces lanuginosus) or further developed, in particular those with the amino acid exchange in positions D96LT213R and / or N233R, particularly preferably all of the exchanges D96L, T213R and N233R.
  • oxidoreductases for example oxidases, oxygenases, catalases, peroxidases, such as halo-, chloro-, bromo-, lignin, glucose or manganese peroxidases, dioxygenases or laccases (phenoloxidases, polyphenol oxidases) can be used according to the invention.
  • organic, particularly preferably aromatic, compounds interacting with the enzymes are additionally added in order to increase the activity of the oxidoreductases in question (enhancers) or to ensure the flow of electrons (mediators) in the case of very different redox potentials between the oxidizing enzymes and the soiling.
  • a protein and / or enzyme can be protected against damage, such as inactivation, denaturation or decay, for example by physical influences, oxidation or proteolytic cleavage, especially during storage.
  • damage such as inactivation, denaturation or decay, for example by physical influences, oxidation or proteolytic cleavage, especially during storage.
  • the proteins and / or enzymes are obtained microbially, inhibition of proteolysis is particularly preferred, in particular if the agents also contain proteases.
  • Detergents can contain stabilizers for this purpose; the provision of such agents is a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
  • Proteases and amylases that are active in cleaning are generally not provided in the form of the pure protein, but rather in the form of stabilized, storable and transportable preparations.
  • These prefabricated preparations include, for example, the solid preparations obtained by granulation, extrusion or lyophilization or, in particular in the case of liquid or gel form agents, solutions of the enzymes, advantageously as concentrated as possible, low in water and / or mixed with stabilizers or other auxiliaries.
  • the enzymes for the at least one first and / or the at least one second phase can be encapsulated, for example by spray drying or extrusion of the enzyme solution together with a preferably natural polymer or in the form of capsules, for example those in which the enzymes are solidified as in a Gels are included or in the core-shell type, in which an enzyme-containing core is coated with a protective layer impermeable to water, air and / or chemicals. Additional active ingredients, for example stabilizers, emulsifiers, pigments, bleaching agents or dyes, can additionally be applied in superimposed layers. Capsules of this type are applied by methods known per se, for example by shaking or roll granulation or in fluid-bed processes. Such granules are advantageously low in dust, for example by applying polymeric film formers, and are stable on storage due to the coating.
  • the enzyme protein forms only a fraction of the total weight of conventional enzyme preparations.
  • Protease and amylase preparations preferably used according to the invention contain between 0.1 and 40% by weight, preferably between 0.2 and 30% by weight, particularly preferably between 0.4 and 20% by weight and in particular between 0, 8 and 10% by weight of the enzyme protein.
  • Particularly preferred are cleaning agents which, based on their total weight, 0.1 to 12% by weight, preferably 0.2 to 10% by weight and in particular 0.5 to 8% by weight of the respective enzyme preparations contain.
  • the at least one first and / or the at least one second phase of the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention can contain further ingredients.
  • these include, for example, anionic, cationic and / or amphoteric surfactants, bleaching agents, bleach activators, bleaching catalysts, other solvents, thickeners, sequestering agents, electrolytes, corrosion inhibitors, in particular silver protection agents, glass corrosion inhibitors, foam inhibitors, dyes, fragrances (in particular in the at least one first phase), additives to improve the drainage and drying behavior, to adjust the viscosity, to stabilize, UV stabilizers, pearlescent agents (INCI opacifying agents; for example glycol distearate, for example CutinaĀ® AGS from Cognis, or mixtures containing these, for example EuperlaneĀ® from Cognis ), Preservatives (e.g.
  • bronopol the technical 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, also known as bronopol ( CAS 52-51-7 ), which is commercially available, for example, as MyacideĀ® BT or as Boots Bronopol BT from the company Boots), antimicrobial active ingredients (disinfectants), pH adjusting agents in amounts of usually not more than 5% by weight.
  • Agents according to the invention preferably contain at least one alkanolamine as a further solvent.
  • the alkanolamine is preferably selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, triethanol- and -propanolamine and mixtures thereof.
  • the alkanolamine is present in agents according to the invention preferably in an amount of 0.5 to 10% by weight, in particular in an amount of 1 to 6% by weight.
  • the at least one second phase is free from alkanolamine and the alkanolamine is only present in the at least one first phase.
  • detergents or cleaning agents according to the invention contain at least one zinc salt as a glass corrosion inhibitor as a further constituent.
  • the zinc salt can be an inorganic or organic zinc salt.
  • the zinc salt to be used according to the invention preferably has a solubility in water above 100 mg / l, preferably above 500 mg / l, particularly preferably above 1 g / l and in particular above 5 g / l (all solubilities at 20 Ā° C. water temperature).
  • the inorganic zinc salt is preferably selected from the group consisting of zinc bromide, zinc chloride, zinc iodide, zinc nitrate and zinc sulfate.
  • the organic zinc salt is preferably selected from the group consisting of zinc salts of monomeric or polymeric organic acids, in particular from the group of zinc acetate, zinc acetylacetonate, zinc benzoate, zinc formate, zinc lactate, zinc gluconate, zinc ricinoleate, zinc abietate, zinc valerate and zinc p-toluenesulfonate.
  • zinc acetate is used as the zinc salt.
  • the zinc salt in cleaning agents according to the invention is preferably in an amount of 0.01% by weight to 5% by weight, particularly preferably in an amount of 0.05% by weight to 3% by weight, in particular in an amount of 0.1 wt .-% to 2 wt .-%, based on the total weight of the detergent.
  • polyethyleneimines as are available, for example, under the name LupasolĀ® (BASF) are preferably used in an amount of 0 to 5% by weight, in particular 0.01 to 2% by weight, as glass corrosion inhibitors become.
  • Polymers suitable as additives are, in particular, maleic acid-acrylic acid copolymer Na salt (for example SokalanĀ® CP 5 from BASF, Ludwigshafen (Germany)), modified polyacrylic acid Na salt (for example SokalanĀ® CP 10 from BASF, Ludwigshafen (Germany) )), modified polycarboxylate Na salt (for example SokalanĀ® HP 25 from BASF, Ludwigshafen (Germany)), polyalkylene oxide, modified heptamethyltrisiloxane (for example SilwetĀ® L-77 from BASF, Ludwigshafen (Germany)), polyalkylene oxide, modified heptamethyltrisiloxane (for example SilwetĀ® L-7608 from BASF, Ludwigshafen (Germany)) and polyether siloxanes (copolymers of polymethylsiloxanes with ethylene oxide / propylene oxide segments (polyether blocks)), preferably water-soluble linear polyether siloxanes with terminal polyether blocks such as TegoprenĀ® 5840, Tego
  • Builder substances suitable as additives are, in particular, polyaspartic acid sodium salt, ethylenediamine triacetate coconut alkylacetamide (for example RewopolĀ® CHT 12 from Evonik, Essen (Germany)), methylglycinediacetic acid tri-sodium salt and acetophosphonic acid.
  • Mixtures with surfactant or polymeric additives show synergisms in the case of TegoprenĀ® 5843 and TegoprenĀ® 5863.
  • the use of Tegoprene types 5843 and 5863 is, however, less preferred when used on hard surfaces made of glass, in particular glass dishes can apply this silicone surfactant to glass.
  • the additives mentioned are dispensed with.
  • a preferred washing or cleaning agent in particular dishwashing agent, preferably further comprises a bleaching agent, in particular an oxygen bleaching agent and optionally a bleach activator and / or bleaching catalyst. Where available, these are only included in the at least one first phase.
  • cleaning agents according to the invention contain an oxygen bleaching agent from the group sodium percarbonate, sodium perborate tetrahydrate and sodium perborate monohydrate.
  • Other useful bleaching agents are, for example, peroxypyrophosphates, citrate perhydrates and H 2 O 2 -producing peracidic salts or peracids, such as perbenzoates, peroxophthalates, diperazelaic acid, phthaloiminoperic acid or diperdodecanedioic acid.
  • Bleaching agents from the group of organic bleaching agents can also be used.
  • Typical organic bleaching agents are the diacyl peroxides, such as dibenzoyl peroxide.
  • Other typical organic bleaching agents are peroxy acids, examples of which include alkyl peroxy acids and aryl peroxy acids.
  • Sodium percarbonate is particularly preferred for its good bleaching performance.
  • a particularly preferred oxygen bleach is sodium percarbonate.
  • Bleach activators which can be used are compounds which, under perhydrolysis conditions, give aliphatic peroxocarboxylic acids having preferably 1 to 10 C atoms, in particular 2 to 4 C atoms, and / or optionally substituted perbenzoic acid. Substances which carry 0- and / or N-acyl groups of the number of carbon atoms mentioned and / or optionally substituted benzoyl groups are suitable. Multi-acylated alkylenediamines are preferred, with tetraacetylethylenediamine (TAED) having proven particularly suitable.
  • TAED tetraacetylethylenediamine
  • the bleaching catalysts are bleach-enhancing transition metal salts or transition metal complexes such as, for example, Mn, Fe, Co, Ru or Mo salt complexes or carbonyl complexes.
  • Mn, Fe, Co, Ru, Mo, Ti, V and Cu complexes with N-containing tripod ligands as well as Co, Fe-Cu and Ru-amine complexes can also be used as bleaching catalysts.
  • Complexes of manganese are used with particular preference in oxidation state II, III, IV or IV, which preferably contain one or more macrocyclic ligand (s) with the donor functions N, NR, PR, O and / or S.
  • Ligands which have nitrogen donor functions are preferably used.
  • bleaching catalyst (s) in the agents according to the invention which contain 1,4,7-trimethyl-1,4,7-triazacyclononane (Me-TACN), 1,4,7-triazacyclononane (TACN) as macromolecular ligands ), 1,5,9-trimethyl-1,5,9-triazacyclododecane (Me-TACD), 2-methyl-1-1,4,7-trimethyl-1,4,7-triazacyclononane (Me / Me-TACN) and / or 2-methyl-1,4,7-triazacyclononane (Me / TACN) included.
  • Me-TACN 1,4,7-trimethyl-1,4,7-triazacyclononane
  • TACN 1,4,7-triazacyclononane
  • Suitable manganese complexes are, for example, [Mn III 2 ( ā‡ -O) 1 ( ā‡ -OAc) 2 (TACN) 2 ] (ClO 4 ) 2 , [Mn III Mn IV ( ā‡ -O) 2 ( ā‡ -OAc) 1 (TACN ) 2 ] (BPh 4 ) 2 , [Mn IV 4 ( ā‡ -O) 6 (TACN) 4 ] (ClO 4 ) 4 , [Mn III 2 ( ā‡ -O) 1 ( ā‡ -OAc) 2 (Me-TACN ) 2 ] (ClO 4 ) 2 , [Mn III Mn IV ( ā‡ -O) 1 ( ā‡ -OAc) 2 (Me-TACN) 2 ] (ClO 4 ) 3 , [Mn IV 2 ( ā‡ -O) 3 ( Me-TACN) 2 ] (PF 6 ) 2 and [Mn IV 2 ( ā‡ -O) 3 (Me / Me-TACN) 2 ] (PF 6 ) 2 (with OAc
  • the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention comprises at least a first phase (1) and at least a second phase (2).
  • the washing or cleaning agent can thus have one, two, three or more different first phases (1); it can also have one, two, three or more different second phases (2).
  • the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention preferably comprises a first phase (1) and a second phase (2).
  • the washing or cleaning agent particularly preferably comprises two first phases (1) and a second phase (2). It preferably comprises two first phases (1) and two second phases (2). Also preferred is an embodiment in which the washing or cleaning agent comprises three first phases (1) and one or two second phases (2).
  • the weight ratio of the at least one first phase (1) to the at least one second phase (2) is preferably 20: 1 to 8: 1.
  • the total weight of phase (1) in a detergent portion can be between 8 and 30 g, in particular 10 to 25 g, preferably 12 to 21 g, for example 14 to 19 g. This weight ratio results in a good concentration of the respective ingredients of the first (1) or second phase (2) in one cleaning process.
  • the at least one first phase (1) and the at least one second phase (2) adjoin one another over the full or partial area. It is preferred that the two phases directly adjoin one another. However, it is also possible for the at least one first phase (1) or the at least one second phase (2) or the at least one first phase (1) and the at least one second phase (2) to be closely enveloped by a water-soluble film or in a water-soluble bag is included. The entire agent is preferably contained in a water-soluble bag or, particularly preferably, is closely enveloped by a water-soluble film.
  • Stability means that constituents contained in the second phase do not pass into the at least one first phase, but also after prolonged storage, the at least one first phase and the second phase are optically separate from one another and do not interact, such as diffusion of liquid constituents from one phase to the other or reaction of constituents of one phase with those in the other phase or Loss of adhesion of the second phase (2) on the in particular compressed, compacted first phase (1) due to liquid leakage.
  • a second phase which has glycerol, gelatin and at least one C 3 -C 5 -alkanediol.
  • the water-soluble film or the water-soluble bag preferably comprises a water-soluble polymer.
  • Some preferred water-soluble polymers which are preferably used as water-soluble packaging, are polyvinyl alcohols, acetalized polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl pyrrolidones, polyethylene oxides, celluloses and gelatin, polyvinyl alcohols and acetalized polyvinyl alcohols being particularly preferably used.
  • Polyvinyl alcohols (abbreviation PVAL, sometimes also PVOH) is the name for polymers of the general structure which in small proportions (approx. 2%) also structural units of the type contain.
  • polyvinyl alcohols which are offered as white-yellowish powders or granules with degrees of polymerization in the range from approximately 100 to 2500 (molar masses from approximately 4000 to 100,000 g / mol), have degrees of hydrolysis of 87-99 mol%, that is to say contain one more Residual content of acetyl groups.
  • the water-soluble packaging comprises at least partially a polyvinyl alcohol, the degree of hydrolysis of which is preferably 70 to 100 mol%, in particular 80 to 90 mol%, particularly preferably 81 to 89 mol% and especially 82 to Is 88 mol%.
  • the water-soluble packaging consists of at least 20% by weight, particularly preferably at least 40% by weight, very particularly preferably at least 60% by weight and in particular at least 80% by weight a polyvinyl alcohol, the degree of hydrolysis of which is 70 to 100 mol%, preferably 80 to 90 mol%, particularly preferably 81 to 89 mol% and in particular 82 to 88 mol%.
  • Polyvinyl alcohols of a certain molecular weight range are preferably used as materials for the packaging, it being preferred according to the invention that the packaging material comprises a polyvinyl alcohol whose molecular weight is in the range from 5,000 gmol -1 to 100,000 gmol -1 , preferably 10,000 gmol -1 to 90,000 gmol -1 , particularly preferably from 12,000 gmol -1 to 80,000 gmol -1 and in particular from 15,000 gmol -1 to 70,000 gmol -1 .
  • the degree of polymerization of such preferred polyvinyl alcohols is between approximately 200 to approximately 2100, preferably between approximately 220 to approximately 1890, particularly preferably between approximately 240 to approximately 1680 and in particular between approximately 260 to approximately 1500.
  • the water solubility of polyvinyl alcohol can be changed by post-treatment with aldehydes (acetalization) or ketones (ketalization).
  • Polyvinyl alcohols which have been acetalized or ketalized with the aldehyde or keto groups of saccharides or polysaccharides or mixtures thereof have proven to be particularly preferred and particularly advantageous because of their extremely good solubility in cold water.
  • the reaction products of polyvinyl alcohol and starch are to be used extremely advantageously.
  • the water solubility can be changed by complexing with Ni or Cu salts or by treatment with dichromates, boric acid, borax and thus adjusted to the desired values.
  • the water-soluble bag preferably has a thickness of 10 ā‡ m to 500 ā‡ m, in particular 20 ā‡ m to 400 ā‡ m, particularly preferably 30 ā‡ m to 300 ā‡ m, especially 40 ā‡ m to 200 ā‡ m, in particular 50 ā‡ m to 150 ā‡ m.
  • a particularly preferred polyvinyl alcohol is available, for example, under the trade name M8630 (Monosol).
  • the water-soluble film which is preferably used in the tight wrapping), particularly preferably comprises polyvinyl alcohol, as described above, the starting thickness preferably being from 10 ā‡ m to 100 ā‡ m, in particular from 12 ā‡ m to 60 ā‡ m, particularly preferably from 15 ā‡ m to 50 microns, especially from 20 microns to 40 microns, especially from 22 microns to 35 microns is used.
  • the coating lies tightly against the surface of the tablets at every point. Ideally, the casing is even under tension, but this is not absolutely necessary.
  • This tight fit of the covering is conducive to disintegration: the first time it comes into contact with water, the covering will let a small amount of water through at some point, although it does not need to be detached at first. At this point, the disintegrant contained in the tablet begins to swell. As a result, the casing suddenly tears open due to the increase in volume of the tablet and releases the tablet.
  • the mechanism described here will not work if the casing is not snug because the tablet can swell without the casing being blown up.
  • the use of a swellable disintegration agent is superior to a gas-developing system, since its explosive effect in any case leads to the casing being torn open. In a gas-generating system, the explosive effect can "dissipate" by the gas escaping from a leak in the casing.
  • Preferred detergent or cleaning agent disposable portions according to the invention are characterized in that the distance between the single portion and the water-soluble coating over the entire area is 0.1 to 1000 ā‡ m, preferably 0.5 to 500 ā‡ m, particularly preferably 1 to 250 ā‡ m and in particular 2.5 to 100 ā‡ m.
  • the film wrapping is first loosely placed around a single portion of washing or cleaning agent and welded and then shrunk onto it, so that there is close contact between the film packaging and the cleaning agent concentrate.
  • disposable detergent or cleaning agent portions according to the invention are characterized in that the wrapper is a film packaging shrunk onto it.
  • this wrapping can be carried out by placing a water-soluble bottom film on a transport chain or a mold (s), then placing one or more detergent or cleaning agent portions (s) on the bottom film; Subsequently, a water-soluble top film is placed on the detergent or cleaning agent portion (s) on the bottom film and this is then fixed on the bottom film, including the detergent or cleaning agent portion (s).
  • this step can also be carried out using a single-strand film, which is then used as Tube is placed around the disposable portions. The foils are then sealed and optionally cut. The film can then be shrink-wrapped using hot air or infrared radiation, optionally with pressure.
  • the at least one first phase (1) of the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention in particular the dishwashing agent, preferably the machine dishwashing agent, is in the form of a shaped body, in particular a compact, especially a tablet.
  • the at least one first phase (1) is particularly preferably a powdered washing or cleaning agent which is present in compact form in the form of a tablet.
  • the at least one first phase (1) and the at least one second phase (2) can be arranged in any combination with one another, regardless of whether they are arranged directly or indirectly (for example due to the presence of a film, wrapping or a bag as described above).
  • a first phase (1) can be arranged on or next to a second phase (2), as in Fig. 1 shown schematically.
  • the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention has a first phase (1) and a second phase (2).
  • a first phase (1) is surrounded by second phases (2), or vice versa, as in Fig. 2a and Fig. 2b shown.
  • Also embedding one phase in another, as in 3a and 3b schematically shown is included according to the invention. Another, particularly preferred arrangement is in Fig. 4 shown schematically.
  • the second phase (2) is in the form of a core which is embedded in the first phase (1).
  • a pool form of the solid first phase (1) is particularly preferred, that is to say a form with a depression into which the second phase is introduced.
  • the trough can be round, oval or angular. There may also be two separate troughs which are filled with the at least one second phase (2).
  • the washing or cleaning agent comprises two second phases (2), wherein the two second phases can have different compositions.
  • any geometries are possible.
  • the rectangular shape shown here is only exemplary.
  • a round or oval shape of the two phases or any polygonal configurations are also conceivable.
  • the present application also relates to a method for cleaning hard surfaces, in particular dishes, in which the surface is processed in a manner known per se using a cleaning agent according to the invention.
  • the surface is brought into contact with the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention.
  • the cleaning is carried out in particular with a cleaning machine, preferably with a dishwasher.
  • Another object of the present invention is also the use of a cleaning agent for cleaning hard surfaces, especially dishes.
  • machine dishwashing detergents are compositions which can be used to clean soiled dishes in an automatic dishwashing process.
  • the machine dishwashing detergents according to the invention thus differ, for example, from the machine rinse aids which are always used in combination with machine dishwashing agents and do not have their own cleaning action.
  • washing or cleaning agent according to the invention comprises something in whole or in the at least one first phase (1) or in the at least one second phase (2), it should also be regarded as disclosed that washing or Detergent or the respective phase can consist of it.
  • washing or cleaning agent according to the invention is described in a non-limiting manner.
  • Cleaning agents according to the invention were produced which comprised a first phase and a second phase. Different geometries were realized. Cleaning agents were also produced, which comprised two first phases and a second phase. The following information relates to% by weight of active substance based on the total weight of the respective phase.
  • the first phases had the following composition: % By weight Citrate, Na salt 10-25 Phosphonate (e.g. HEDP) 0-10 MGDA, Na salt 0-40 Disilicate, sodium salt 0-40 soda 10-30 Percarbonate, Na salt 5.0-20.0 Bleaching catalyst (preferably Mn-based) 0.0-0.8 Bleach activator (e.g. TAED) 1.0-4.0
  • Bleaching catalyst preferably Mn-based
  • Bleach activator e.g. TAED
  • Non-ionic surfactant (s) eg fatty alcohol alkoxylate, preferably 20-40 EO, optionally endcapped 1.5-15.0
  • Polycarboxylate 0.5-15 Cationic copolymer 0.0-1.0 Disintegrant - (e.g.
  • the first phases were produced, which had the following composition: % By weight Citrate, Na salt 15-20 Phosphonate (e.g. HEDP) 2.5-7.5 MGDA, Na salt 0-25 Disilicate, sodium salt 5-35 soda 10-25 Percarbonate, Na salt 10-15 Bleaching catalyst (preferably Mn-based) 0.02-0.5 Bleach activator (e.g. TAED) 1-3 Non-ionic surfactant (s), eg fatty alcohol alkoxylate, preferably 20-40 EO, optionally endcapped 2.5-10 Polycarboxylate 4-10 Cationic copolymer 0 - 0.75 Disintegrant - (e.g.
  • first phases were in the form of compacted tablets with a recess on one side.
  • a liquid composition was poured into this, which resulted in the second phase after curing.
  • the cleaning agent obtained was in accordance with Fig. 4 shown form.
  • the first phases were without further study. Here a second phase was brought into direct contact on the surface of the first phase.
  • the second phases had the following composition: % By weight Glycerin 10-50 Propanediol (preferably 1,3-propanediol) 10-50 Polycarboxylate homo- and / or copolymer with sulfonic acid groups 0-30 Non-ionic surfactant (s), eg fatty alcohol alkoxylate, preferably 20-40 EO, optionally endcapped 0-40 Polyethylene glycol average Mr 1000-2000 0-20 Thickener (preferably gelatin or PVA) 5-50 Process aids 0-10 Dye solution 0.0 - 1.5
  • the first and second phases could be combined with one another as desired.
  • the spatial design of the second phase which was liquid after the ingredients had been mixed and remained stable within a solidification time of about 10 to 15 minutes, was determined by the spatial Design of the first phase as well as given by customary or self-designed shapes.
  • the liquid second phase was introduced into these molds and after the solidification time the molds were removed without the second phase changing. This allowed any geometries of the second phase to be made possible.
  • Table 1 Examples of second phase compositions A1 A2 1,2 propanediol 0.0 31 1,3 propanediol 31 0.0 Trisodium citrate * 2 H 2 O 8th 8th Glycerin 31 31 Gelatin 60 Bloom 15 15 Nonionic surfactant 15 15 Solidification time (20 Ā° C) / min 5 20th Haptics of the surface after 12 h of storage at 20 Ā° C dry wet
  • Table 1 shows that 1,3-propanediol leads to a faster solidification of the dimensionally stable second phase.
  • Table 2 further examples of compositions of a second phase B1 B2 B3 B4 1,2 propanediol 45 0.0 0.0 0.0 1,3 propanediol 0.0 45 0.0 0.0 1.3 butanediol 0.0 0.0 45 0.0 1.4 butanediol 0.0 0.0 0.0 45 Glycerin 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 Maltodextrin 5 5 5 5 5 Gelatin 60 Bloom 20th 20th 20th 20th Nonionic surfactant 1 1 1 1 Solidification time (20 Ā° C) / min 15 5 5 5 5 transparency Transparent Transparent opaque opaque Haptics of the surface after 12 h of storage at 20 Ā° C dry Dry greasy greasy C1 C2 1,2 propanediol 47 0.0 1,3 propanediol 0.0 47 Glycerin 20th 20th Polymer containing sulfonic acid groups (ground) 8th 8th Ge

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Detergent Compositions (AREA)

Description

Die vorliegende Erfindung betrifft ein Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, insbesondere ein Reinigungsmittel fĆ¼r harte OberflƤchen, mit wenigstens zwei voneinander verschiedenen Phasen.The present invention relates to a washing or cleaning agent, in particular a cleaning agent for hard surfaces, with at least two different phases.

Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel liegen Ć¼blicherweise in fester Form (beispielsweise als Pulver) oder in flĆ¼ssiger Form (oder auch als flieƟendes Gel) vor. Insbesondere flĆ¼ssige Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel erfreuen sich dabei zunehmender Beliebtheit beim Verbraucher.Detergents or cleaning agents are usually present in solid form (for example as a powder) or in liquid form (or as a flowing gel). Liquid detergents or cleaning agents in particular are enjoying increasing popularity among consumers.

Feste Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel haben dabei den Vorteil, dass sie, im Gegensatz zu flĆ¼ssigen Wasch- oder Reinigungsmitteln, keine Konservierungsstoffe benƶtigen. FlĆ¼ssige Angebotsformen setzen sich zunehmend am Markt durch, insbesondere auf Grund ihrer schnellen Lƶslichkeit und damit verbundenen schnellen VerfĆ¼gbarkeit der enthaltenen aktiven Inhaltsstoffe. Dies bietet dem Verbraucher die Mƶglichkeit, zeitverkĆ¼rzte SpĆ¼lprogramme zu verwenden und dennoch eine gute Reinigungsleistung zu erhalten.Solid detergents or cleaning agents have the advantage that, unlike liquid detergents or cleaning agents, they do not require any preservatives. Liquid forms of offer are becoming increasingly popular on the market, in particular due to their rapid solubility and the associated rapid availability of the active ingredients they contain. This offers the consumer the opportunity to use time-reduced washing programs and still get good cleaning performance.

Ferner haben sich die Verbraucher an ein bequemes Dosieren von vorportionierten maschinellen Wasch- oder Reinigungsmitteln, wie GeschirrspĆ¼lmitteln, gewƶhnt und nutzen diese Produkte in Form von Tabletten (feste Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel) oder in Form von Beuteln, die mit einem Ć¼blicherweise mit einem flĆ¼ssigen Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel befĆ¼llt sind, wobei auch mit Pulver gefĆ¼llte Beutel als Einmalportionen mƶglich sind. Einmalportionen in wasserlƶslichen Beuteln erfreuen sich beim Verbraucher nicht nur deshalb zunehmender Beliebtheit, weil der Verbraucher mit der chemischen Zusammensetzung nicht mehr in BerĆ¼hrung kommt, sondern nicht zuletzt auch wegen der attraktiven Optik der Beutel. Die Optik der Dosierungsform nimmt zunehmend an Bedeutung. Neben einer guten Reinigungsleistung und einer ausreichenden LagerstabilitƤt ist eine gute Optik einer der EntscheidungsgrĆ¼nde fĆ¼r die Wahl eines Produktes. In Beuteln gelagerte Produkte verƤndern jedoch hƤufig ihr optisches Aussehen, was fĆ¼r den Verbraucher oft Assoziationen mit einer verminderten LeistungsfƤhigkeit und mit einer schlechteren Reinigungsleistung hervorruft.Furthermore, consumers have become accustomed to convenient dosing of pre-portioned machine washing or cleaning agents, such as dishwashing detergents, and use these products in the form of tablets (solid washing or cleaning agents) or in the form of sachets, which are usually washed with a liquid - or cleaning agents are filled, whereby bags filled with powder are also possible as single servings. Disposable portions in water-soluble bags are becoming increasingly popular not only because the consumer no longer comes into contact with the chemical composition, but not least because of the bag's attractive appearance. The appearance of the dosage form is becoming increasingly important. In addition to good cleaning performance and sufficient storage stability, good optics is one of the reasons for choosing a product. However, products stored in bags often change their visual appearance, which often gives consumers associations with reduced performance and poorer cleaning performance.

Aus Sicht des Verbrauchers ist es nun wĆ¼nschenswert, die Vorteile beider Angebotsformen zu kombinieren und eine gegenĆ¼ber dem Stand der Technik verbesserte Darreichungsform insbesondere fĆ¼r Ć¼blicherweise flĆ¼ssige Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel bereitzustellen. Dabei soll sowohl eine Einmalportionierung mƶglich sein und gleichzeitig ein fĆ¼r den Verbraucher optisch ansprechendes Aussehen erreicht werden. Ɯberraschenderweise hat sich gezeigt, dass durch eine Formulierung einer flexiblen Phase, welche mit einer festen Phase kombiniert wird, dieses Ziel erreicht werden kann.From the point of view of the consumer, it is now desirable to combine the advantages of both types of offer and to provide a dosage form which is improved compared to the prior art, in particular for usually liquid detergents or cleaning agents. Both a single portioning should be possible and at the same time an optically appealing appearance should be achieved for the consumer. Surprisingly, it has been shown that through a Formulating a flexible phase, which is combined with a fixed phase, this goal can be achieved.

Die Dokumente EP 1 754 775 A2 , US 6 486 117 B1 und WO 03/062360 beschreiben jeweils Reinigungsmitteltabletten mit einer zweiten Phase umfassend einen mehrwertigen Alkohol. Die nachverƶffentlichen Patentanmeldungen EP 2 924106 und WO 2016/042130 offenbaren mehrphasige Zusammensetzungen, welche 1,2-Propandiol und Glvcerin umfassen.The documents EP 1 754 775 A2 , US 6 486 117 B1 and WO 03/062360 each describe detergent tablets with a second phase comprising a polyhydric alcohol. The post-published patent applications EP 2 924106 and WO 2016/042130 disclose multi-phase compositions comprising 1,2-propanediol and glvcerin.

In einer ersten AusfĆ¼hrungsform wird die der vorliegenden Anmeldung zu Grunde liegende Aufgabe daher gelƶst durch ein Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, welches wenigstens eine erste Phase und wenigstens eine hiervon verschieden zweite Phase umfasst, wobei die wenigstens eine erste Phase fest ist und die wenigstens eine zweite Phase wenigstens ein Polymer sowie wenigstens zwei mehrwertige Alkohole umfasst, wobei ein erster mehrwertiger Alkohol ein Alkantriol und ein zweiter mehrwertiger Alkohol ein Alkandiol ist und wobei die wenigstens eine zweite Phase (2) Gelatine und/oder Polyvinylalkohol (PVA) als Polymer umfasst.In a first embodiment, the object on which the present application is based is therefore achieved by a washing or cleaning agent which comprises at least one first phase and at least one different second phase, the at least one first phase being fixed and the at least one second phase comprises at least one polymer and at least two polyhydric alcohols, a first polyhydric alcohol being an alkanetriol and a second polyhydric alcohol being an alkanediol and the at least one second phase (2) comprising gelatin and / or polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) as the polymer.

Eine Phase im Sinne der vorliegenden Erfindung ist ein rƤumlicher Bereich, in dem physikalische Parameter und die chemische Zusammensetzung homogen sind. Eine Phase unterscheidet sich von einer anderen Phase durch verschiedene Merkmale, beispielsweise Inhaltsstoffe, physikalische Eigenschaften, ƤuƟeres Erscheinungsbild etc. Bevorzugt kƶnnen verschiedene Phasen optisch unterschieden werden. So ist fĆ¼r den Verbraucher die wenigstens eine erste Phase eindeutig von der wenigstens einen zweiten Phase zu unterschieden. Weist das erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel mehr als eine erste Phase auf, so kƶnnen diese ebenfalls jeweils mit dem bloƟen Auge voneinander unterschieden werden, weil sie sich beispielsweise in der Farbgebung voneinander unterscheiden. Gleiches gilt, wenn zwei oder mehr zweite Phasen vorliegen. Auch in diesem Fall ist eine optische Unterscheidung der Phasen, beispielsweise auf Grund eines Farb- oder Transparenzunterschiedes mƶglich. Phasen im Sinne der vorliegenden Erfindung sind somit in sich abgeschlossene Bereiche, die vom Verbraucher optisch mit dem bloƟen Auge voneinander unterschieden werden kƶnnen. Die einzelnen Phasen kƶnnen bei der Verwendung unterschiedliche Eigenschaften aufweisen, wie beispielsweise die Geschwindigkeit, mit der sich die Phase in Wasser lƶst und somit die Geschwindigkeit und die Reihenfolge der Freisetzung der in der jeweiligen Phase enthaltenen Inhaltsstoffe.A phase in the sense of the present invention is a spatial area in which physical parameters and the chemical composition are homogeneous. A phase differs from another phase by different characteristics, for example ingredients, physical properties, external appearance, etc. Different phases can preferably be distinguished optically. For the consumer, the at least one first phase must be clearly distinguished from the at least one second phase. If the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention has more than one first phase, these can likewise be distinguished from one another with the naked eye, because they differ from one another, for example, in their coloring. The same applies if there are two or more second phases. In this case, too, an optical differentiation of the phases is possible, for example on the basis of a color or transparency difference. Phases in the sense of the present invention are thus self-contained areas that can be visually distinguished from one another by the consumer with the naked eye. When used, the individual phases can have different properties, such as, for example, the rate at which the phase dissolves in water and thus the rate and the order in which the constituents contained in the respective phase are released.

ErfindungsgemƤƟ ist die wenigstens eine zweite Phase bei Raumtemperatur formstabil. Bei der Herstellung wird das wenigstens eine Polymer mit dem wenigstens einen mehrwertigen Alkohol in Kontakt gebracht. Hierdurch erhƤlt man eine flieƟfƤhige Mischung, welche in eine gewĆ¼nschte Form gebracht werden kann. Nach einem gewissen Zeitraum erhƤlt man eine zweite Phase, die in der vorgegebenen Form bleibt, also formstabil ist. Dieser Zeitraum, die Erstarrungszeit, betrƤgt vorzugsweise 15 Minuten oder weniger, vorzugsweise 10 Minuten oder weniger, besonders bevorzugt 5 Minuten. Dabei gibt die wenigstens eine zweite Phase auf Druck nach, verformt sich hierdurch jedoch nicht, sondern kehrt nach Wegfall des Drucks in den Ausgangszustand zurĆ¼ck. Die wenigstens eine zweite Phase ist vorzugsweise elastisch, insbesondere linear-elastisch. Die wenigstens eine zweite Phase ist zudem vorzugsweise transparent, wodurch sich ein guter optischer Eindruck ergibt.According to the invention, the at least one second phase is dimensionally stable at room temperature. During production, the at least one polymer is brought into contact with the at least one polyhydric alcohol. This gives a flowable mixture which can be brought into a desired shape. After a certain period of time, a second phase is obtained, which remains in the specified form, i.e. is dimensionally stable. This period, the solidification time, is preferably 15 minutes or less, preferably 10 minutes or less, particularly preferably 5 minutes. The at least one second phase yields under pressure, but does not deform as a result, but rather returns to the initial state after the pressure has dropped. The at least one second phase is preferably elastic, in particular linear-elastic. The at least one second phase is also preferably transparent, which gives a good visual impression.

Die wenigstens eine zweite Phase ist schnittfest. Sie kann beispielsweise mit einem Messer nach der Erstarrung geschnitten werden, ohne dass sie, auƟer dem durchgefĆ¼hrten Schnitt, weiter zerstƶrt wird. Weiterhin ist die wenigstens eine zweite Phase insbesondere flexibel. Auf Grund der FlexibilitƤt und ElastizitƤt kann sie eine beliebige Form annehmen. Dies bedeutet auch eine Bruchfestigkeit, wodurch eine gute Handhabung insbesondere im Hinblick auf Transport und Lagerung aber auch den Verbrauch ermƶglicht wird.The at least one second phase is cut-resistant. For example, it can be cut with a knife after solidification without being further destroyed apart from the cut performed. Furthermore, the at least one second phase is particularly flexible. Due to the flexibility and elasticity it can take any shape. This also means breaking strength, which enables good handling, particularly with regard to transport and storage, but also consumption.

Diese und weitere Aspekte, Merkmale und Vorteile der Erfindung werden fĆ¼r den Fachmann aus dem Studium der folgenden detaillierten Beschreibung und AnsprĆ¼che ersichtlich. Dabei kann jedes Merkmal aus einem Aspekt der Erfindung in jedem anderen Aspekt der Erfindung eingesetzt werden. Ferner ist es selbstverstƤndlich, dass die hierin enthaltenen Beispiele die Erfindung beschreiben und veranschaulichen sollen, diese aber nicht einschrƤnken und insbesondere die Erfindung nicht auf diese Beispiele beschrƤnkt ist. Alle Prozentangaben sind, sofern nicht anders angegeben, Gewichts-%. Numerische Bereiche, die in dem Format "von x bis y" angegeben sind, schlieƟen die genannten Werte ein. Wenn mehrere bevorzugte numerische Bereiche in diesem Format angegeben sind, ist es selbstverstƤndlich, dass alle Bereiche, die durch die Kombination der verschiedenen Endpunkte entstehen, ebenfalls erfasst werden.These and other aspects, features and advantages of the invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art upon studying the following detailed description and claims. Each feature from one aspect of the invention can be used in any other aspect of the invention. Furthermore, it goes without saying that the examples contained herein are intended to describe and illustrate the invention, but not to limit it, and in particular the invention is not restricted to these examples. Unless otherwise stated, all percentages are% by weight. Numerical ranges that are specified in the format "from x to y" include the values mentioned. If several preferred numerical ranges are specified in this format, it goes without saying that all ranges which result from the combination of the different end points are also covered.

"Mindestens ein", wie hierin verwendet, bedeutet 1 oder mehr, d.h. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 oder mehr. Bezogen auf einen Inhaltsstoff bezieht sich die Angabe auf die Art des Inhaltsstoffs und nicht auf die absolute Zahl der MolekĆ¼le. "Mindestens ein Bleichkatalysator" bedeutet somit beispielsweise mindestens eine Art von Bleichkatalysator, d.h. dass eine Art von Bleichkatalysator oder eine Mischung mehrerer verschiedener Bleichkatalysatoren gemeint sein kann. Zusammen mit Gewichtsangaben bezieht sich die Angabe auf alle Verbindungen der angegebenen Art, die in der Zusammensetzung/Mischung enthalten sind, d.h. dass die Zusammensetzung Ć¼ber die angegebene Menge der entsprechenden Verbindungen hinaus keine weiteren Verbindungen dieser Art enthƤlt."At least one" as used herein means 1 or more, i.e. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more. In relation to an ingredient, the information relates to the type of ingredient and not to the absolute number of molecules. "At least one bleaching catalyst" thus means, for example, at least one kind of bleaching catalyst, i.e. that one type of bleaching catalyst or a mixture of several different bleaching catalysts can be meant. Together with the weight information, the information relates to all compounds of the specified type which are contained in the composition / mixture, i.e. that the composition contains no further compounds of this type beyond the stated amount of the corresponding compounds.

Wenn hierin auf Molmassen Bezug genommen wird, beziehen sich diese Angaben immer auf die zahlenmittlere Molmasse Mn, sofern nicht explizit anders angeben. Das Zahlenmittel der Molmasse kann beispielsweise mittels Gel-Permeations-Chromatographie (GPC) gemƤƟ DIN 55672-1:2007-08 mit THF als Eluent bestimmt werden. Die massenmittlere Molmasse Mw kann ebenfalls mittels GPC bestimmt werden, wie fĆ¼r Mn beschrieben.If reference is made here to molecular weights, this information always relates to the number-average molecular weight M n , unless explicitly stated otherwise. The number average molecular weight can be determined, for example, by means of gel permeation chromatography (GPC) according to DIN 55672-1: 2007-08 with THF as the eluent. The mass average molecular weight M w can also be determined by means of GPC, as described for M n .

Alle Prozentangaben, die im Zusammenhang mit den hierin beschriebenen Zusammensetzungen gemacht werden, beziehen sich, sofern nicht explizit anders angegeben auf Gew.-%, jeweils bezogen auf die betreffende Mischung.Unless explicitly stated otherwise, all percentages given in connection with the compositions described herein relate to% by weight, in each case based on the mixture in question.

In einer bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform liegt die wenigstens eine erste Phase in komprimierter Form vor. In dieser AusfĆ¼hrungsform umfasst das erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel somit wenigstens eine erste feste, komprimierte Phase, sowie wenigstens eine zweite Phase, die wenigstens ein Polymer, sowie wenigstens einen mehrwertigen Alkohol umfasst.In a preferred embodiment, the at least one first phase is in compressed form. In this embodiment, the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention thus comprises at least a first solid, compressed phase and at least one second phase which comprises at least one polymer and at least one polyhydric alcohol.

An Formulierungen der wenigstens einen zweiten Phase werden bestimmte Mindestanforderungen gestellt. So muss, wie bereits ausgefĆ¼hrt, die zweite Phase innerhalb einer mƶglichst kurzen Zeit erstarren. Lange Erstarrungszeiten wĆ¼rden zu einer langen Produktionsdauer und damit zu hohen Kosten fĆ¼hren. ErfindungsgemƤƟ bedeutet Erstarrungszeit der Zeitraum, innerhalb dessen bei der Herstellung die wenigstens eine zweite Phase von einem flieƟfƤhigen in einen bei Raumtemperatur nicht-flieƟfƤhigen, formstabilen Zustand Ć¼bergeht. Unter Raumtemperatur ist dabei eine Temperatur von 20 Ā°C zu verstehen. Dies kann, ohne jedoch beschrƤnkend zu wirken, durch eine Vernetzung des wenigstens einen Polymers erfolgen.Certain minimum requirements are imposed on the formulations of the at least one second phase. As already stated, the second phase must solidify within the shortest possible time. Long solidification times would lead to long production times and thus high costs. According to the invention, solidification time means the period of time during which the at least one second phase during production changes from a flowable state to a dimensionally stable state which is not flowable at room temperature. Room temperature is understood to be a temperature of 20 Ā° C. This can take place, however, without being restrictive, by crosslinking the at least one polymer.

Weiterhin muss die zweite Phase lagerstabil sein, und zwar bei Ć¼blichen Lagerbedingungen. Die erfindungsgemƤƟe zweite Phase ist Bestandteil eines Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittels. Wasch-oder Reinigungsmittel werden in einem Haushalt Ć¼blicherweise Ć¼ber einen gewissen Zeitraum gelagert. Die Lagerung erfolgt Ć¼blicherweise in der NƤhe der Waschmaschine. FĆ¼r eine solche Lagerung sollte die zweite Phase stabil sein. Somit sollte die zweite Phase insbesondere auch nach einer Lagerzeit von beispielsweise 4 bis 12, insbesondere 10 bis 12 Wochen oder lƤnger bei einer Temperatur von bis zu 40Ā°C, besonders bei 30 Ā°C, insbesondere bei 25 Ā°C oder bei 20 Ā°C stabil sein und sich in dieser Zeit nicht verformen oder sonst wie in der Konsistenz Ƥndern.Furthermore, the second phase must be stable in storage, namely under normal storage conditions. The second phase according to the invention is part of a washing or cleaning agent. Detergents or cleaning agents are usually stored in a household for a certain period of time. Storage is usually near the washing machine. The second phase should be stable for such storage. Thus, the second phase in particular should also be stable after a storage time of, for example, 4 to 12, in particular 10 to 12 weeks or longer at a temperature of up to 40 Ā° C., in particular at 30 Ā° C., in particular at 25 Ā° C. or at 20 Ā° C. be and do not deform or otherwise change their consistency during this time.

Optisch sollte sich die OberflƤche der zweiten Phase beispielsweise durch einen ausgeprƤgten Glanz deutlich von der ersten Phase unterscheiden. Die OberflƤche der festen wenigstens einen erste Phase ist Ć¼blicherweise nicht glƤnzend sondern matt, glanzlos oder stumpf, so dass durch einen Glanz eine gute Unterscheidung, welche das Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel fĆ¼r den Verbraucher attraktiv macht, mƶglich ist.Visually, the surface of the second phase should differ significantly from the first phase, for example due to its pronounced gloss. The surface of the solid at least one first phase is usually not glossy but matt, lackluster or dull, so that a gloss makes it possible to make a good distinction which makes the detergent or cleaning agent attractive to the consumer.

Nachteilig wƤre eine VolumenƤnderung oder Schrumpfung wƤhrend der Lagerung, da hierdurch die Akzeptanz des Produktes beim Verbraucher gering wƤre. Auch ein Austritt von FlĆ¼ssigkeit oder das Ausschwitzen von Bestandteilen aus der zweiten Phase ist unerwĆ¼nscht. Auch hier ist zum einen der optische Eindruck von Relevanz. Durch den Austritt von FlĆ¼ssigkeit, wie beispielsweise Lƶsungsmittel, kann die StabilitƤt der zweiten Phase beeinflusst werden, so dass die Bestandteile nicht mehr stabil enthalten sind und dadurch auch die Wasch- bzw. Reinigungswirkung beeinflusst werden kann.A disadvantage would be a change in volume or shrinkage during storage, as this would result in low acceptance of the product by the consumer. Leakage of liquid or exudation of components from the second phase is also undesirable. Here too, the visual impression is relevant. The stability of the second phase can be influenced by the escape of liquid, such as, for example, solvent, so that the constituents are no longer contained in a stable manner and the washing or cleaning action can also be influenced thereby.

Des Weiteren sollte es mƶglich sein, dass die wenigstens eine erste Phase und die wenigstens eine zweite Phase in einem unmittelbaren Kontakt miteinander stehen. In diesem Fall soll es keine negative Wechselwirkung zwischen der ersten Phase und der zweiten Phase geben. Keine negative Wechselwirkung bedeutet hier beispielsweise, dass keine Inhaltsstoffe oder Lƶsungsmittel aus einer Phase in die andere Ć¼bertreten oder dass die StabilitƤt, insbesondere LagerstabilitƤt, bevorzugt bei 4 Wochen und 30 Ā°C Lagertemperatur, und/oder die Ƅsthetik des Produktes in irgendeiner Form, beispielsweise durch FarbverƤnderung, Ausbildung von feucht-wirkenden RƤndern, unscharf werdenden Grenze zwischen den beiden Phasen oder Ƥhnlichem, beeintrƤchtigt wird.Furthermore, it should be possible for the at least one first phase and the at least one second phase to be in direct contact with one another. In this case there should be no negative interaction between the first phase and the second phase. No negative interaction here means, for example, that no ingredients or solvents pass from one phase to the other or that the stability, in particular storage stability, preferably at 4 weeks and 30 Ā° C. storage temperature, and / or the aesthetics of the product in some form, for example by Color change, formation of moist-looking edges, blurring boundary between the two phases or the like is impaired.

Ɯberraschenderweise hat sich gezeigt, dass eine besonders gute LagerstabilitƤt erreicht wird, wenn die zweite Phase im Wesentlichen wasserfrei ist. Dies bedeutet, dass die zweite Phase bevorzugt im Wesentlichen frei von Wasser ist. "Im Wesentlichen frei" bedeutet hier, dass in der zweiten Phase geringe Mengen an Wasser enthalten sein kƶnnen. Dieses Wasser kann beispielsweise durch ein Lƶsungsmittel oder als Kristallwasser oder auf Grund von Reaktionen von Bestandteilen der Phase miteinander in die Phase eingebracht werden. Es wird jedoch kein Wasser als Lƶsungsmittel zur Herstellung der zweiten Phase eingesetzt. Der Anteil an Wasser in der zweiten Phase betrƤgt insbesondere 15 Gew.-% oder weniger oder 10 Gew.-% oder weniger, besonders 7 Gew.-%, oder weniger, insbesondere 6 Gew.-% oder 5 Gew.-% oder weniger, bevorzugt 2 Gew.-% oder weniger, insbesondere 1 Gew.-% oder weniger, besonders 0,5 Gew.-% oder weniger, insbesondere 0,1 Gew.-% oder 0,05 Gew.-% oder weniger. Die Angaben in Gew.-% beziehen sich auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase.Surprisingly, it has been shown that particularly good storage stability is achieved when the second phase is essentially water-free. This means that the second phase is preferably essentially free of water. ā€œEssentially freeā€ here means that small amounts of water can be present in the second phase. This water can be introduced into the phase, for example, by means of a solvent or as water of crystallization or due to reactions of constituents of the phase with one another. However, no water is used as a solvent for the preparation of the second phase. The proportion of water in the second phase is in particular 15% by weight or less or 10% by weight or less, particularly 7% by weight or less, in particular 6% by weight or 5% by weight or less , preferably 2% by weight or less, in particular 1% by weight or less, particularly 0.5% by weight or less, in particular 0.1% by weight or 0.05% by weight or less. The percentages by weight relate to the total weight of the second phase.

Die wenigstens eine zweite Phase umfasst wenigstens ein Polymer. Das wenigstens eine Polymer ist insbesondere geeignet, ein Netzwerk auszubilden. ErfindungsgemƤƟ kann die wenigstens eine zweite Phase ein Polymer, zwei oder mehr voneinander verschiedene Polymere aufweisen. Insbesondere weist sie ein, zwei oder mehrere, insbesondere ein oder zwei, bevorzugt ein Polymer, welches zur Ausbildung eines Netzwerkes geeignet ist, auf. DarĆ¼ber hinaus kann die wenigstens eine zweite Phase ein oder mehrere Polymere aufweisen, die kein Netzwerk ausbilden, jedoch zu einer Verdickung und damit der Erhƶhung der FormstabilitƤt der wenigstens einen zweite Phase fĆ¼hren, sogenannte Verdickungspolymere. In einer bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform umfasst die wenigstens eine zweite Phase daher wenigstens ein, bevorzugt ein Polymer zur Netzwerkausbildung sowie ein oder mehrere Verdickungspolymere.The at least one second phase comprises at least one polymer. The at least one polymer is particularly suitable for forming a network. According to the invention, the at least one second phase can comprise a polymer, two or more different polymers. In particular, it has one, two or more, in particular one or two, preferably a polymer, which is suitable for forming a network. In addition, the at least one second phase can have one or more polymers which do not form a network, but which lead to a thickening and thus an increase in the dimensional stability of the at least one second phase, so-called thickening polymers. In a preferred embodiment, the at least one second phase therefore comprises at least one, preferably a polymer for network formation and one or more thickening polymers.

Die wenigstens eine zweite Phase umfasst PVA (Polyvinylalkohol) und/oder Gelatine als zur Netzwerkausbildung geeignete Polymere. Weiterhin bevorzugt umfasst die wenigstens eine zweite Phase ein Verdickungspolymer und insbesondere Polycarboxylate als Verdickungspolymer Polyvinylalkohole sind thermoplastische Kunststoffe, die als weiƟes bis gelbliches Pulver meistens durch Hydrolyse von Polyvinylacetat hergestellt werden. Polyvinylalkohol (PVA) ist bestƤndig gegen fast alle wasserfreien organischen Lƶsemittel. Bevorzugt sind Polyvinylalkohole mit einer Molmasse von 30.000 bis 60.000 g/mol.The at least one second phase comprises PVA (polyvinyl alcohol) and / or gelatin as polymers suitable for network formation. The at least one second phase further preferably comprises a thickening polymer and in particular polycarboxylates as the thickening polymer Polyvinyl alcohols are thermoplastic materials, which are usually produced as white to yellowish powder by hydrolysis of polyvinyl acetate. Polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) is resistant to almost all anhydrous organic solvents. Polyvinyl alcohols with a molecular weight of 30,000 to 60,000 g / mol are preferred.

Gelatine ist ein Stoffgemisch aus geschmacksneutralem tierischem Protein. Hauptbestandteil ist denaturiertes bzw. hydrolisiertes Kollagen, welches aus dem Bindegewebe verschiedener Tierarten produziert wird. Gelatine fehlt die essentielle AminosƤure Tryptophan, so dass es nicht als vollwertiges Protein gilt. Gelatine quillt in Wasser auf und lƶst sich beim ErwƤrmen ab etwa 50 Ā°C. Beim AbkĆ¼hlen bildet sich ein Gel aus, welches bei erneutem ErwƤrmen wieder flĆ¼ssig wird.Gelatin is a mixture of tasteless animal protein. The main component is denatured or hydrolyzed collagen, which is produced from the connective tissue of various animal species. Gelatin lacks the essential amino acid tryptophan, so it is not considered a full-fledged protein. Gelatin swells in water and dissolves when heated above 50 Ā° C. A gel forms on cooling, which becomes liquid again when heated again.

Ɯberraschenderweise hat sich gezeigt, dass PVA und/oder Gelatine besonders geeignet sind, zweite Phasen herzustellen, die den oben gezeigten Anforderungen genĆ¼gen. Besonders bevorzugt ist daher wenigstens eine zweite Phase, die Gelatine und/oder PVA sowie wenigstens einen mehrwertigen Alkohol aufweist. Besonders bevorzugt weist die wenigstens eine zweite Phase Gelatine und wenigstens einen mehrwertigen Alkohol auf. Ebenso bevorzugt weist die wenigstens eine zweite Phase PVA und wenigstens einen mehrwertigen Alkohol auf.Surprisingly, it has been shown that PVA and / or gelatin are particularly suitable for producing second phases which meet the requirements shown above. It is therefore particularly preferred to have at least one second phase which contains gelatin and / or PVA and at least one polyhydric alcohol. The at least one second phase particularly preferably comprises gelatin and at least one polyhydric alcohol. The at least one second phase likewise preferably has PVA and at least one polyhydric alcohol.

ErfindungsgemƤƟ umfasst die wenigstens eine zweite Phase das zur Netzwerkausbildung geeignete Polymer in einem Anteil von etwa 5 Gew.-% bis 40 Gew.-%, insbesondere von 10 Gew.-% bis 35 Gew.-%, bevorzugt von 15 Gew.-% bis 20 Gew.-%. Deutlich geringere Anteile an Polymer, insbesondere Gelatine und/oder PVA, fĆ¼hren nicht zur Ausbildung einer stabilen Gelartigen zweiten Phase. Vielmehr ist hier ein dauerhaftes ZerflieƟen zu beobachten. Anteile von mehr als 40 Gew.-% und insbesondere von mehr als 20 Gew.-% fĆ¼hren zu einer verlƤngerten Verfestigungsdauer. Die Phasen bleiben lƤnger weich, was zu einem verlƤngerten Herstellungsprozess fĆ¼hrt. Die Werte sind jeweils bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase.According to the invention, the at least one second phase comprises the polymer suitable for network formation in a proportion of approximately 5% by weight to 40% by weight, in particular 10% to 35% by weight, preferably 15% by weight. up to 20% by weight. Significantly lower proportions of polymer, in particular gelatin and / or PVA, do not lead to the formation of a stable gel-like second phase. On the contrary, there is a permanent flow here. Proportions of more than 40% by weight and in particular of more than 20% by weight lead to an extended hardening time. The phases remain soft longer, which leads to an extended manufacturing process. The values are based on the total weight of the second phase.

Besonders bevorzugt umfasst die wenigstens eine zweite Phase Gelatine. Ɯberraschenderweise hat sich gezeigt, dass mit Hilfe von Gelatine innerhalb einer kurzen AushƤrtezeit formstabile zweite Phasen hergestellt werden kƶnnen. Des Weiteren bleibt die Form und GrĆ¶ĆŸe entsprechend hergestellter Phasen Ć¼ber einen langen Zeitraum stabil. Ein Schrumpfen der GrĆ¶ĆŸe ist nicht zu beobachten. Dabei hat sich gezeigt, dass die notwendige Menge an eingesetzter Gelatine in AbhƤngigkeit des Bloomwertes variiert. Bevorzugt weist die zweite Phase daher Gelatine mit einem Bloomwert im Bereich von 60 bis 225 auf. Der Bloomwert beschreibt dabei die Gallertfestigkeit beziehungsweise Gelierkraft von Gelatine. Die Kennzahl ist dabei die Masse in Gramm, die benƶtigt wird, damit ein Stempel von 0,5 Zoll Durchmesser die OberflƤche einer 6,67 % Gelatine/Wasser-Mischung vier Millimeter tief verformt, ohne sie zu zerreiƟen. Der Versuch findet standardisiert bei exakt 10 Ā°C mit einer vorhergehenden Alterung der Gelatine von 17 Stunden statt.The at least one second phase particularly preferably comprises gelatin. Surprisingly, it has been shown that with the help of gelatin, dimensionally stable second phases can be produced within a short curing time. In addition, the shape and size of the phases produced in this way remains stable over a long period. No shrinking in size can be observed. It has been shown that the required amount of gelatin used varies depending on the bloom value. The second phase therefore preferably has gelatin with a bloom value in the range from 60 to 225. The bloom value describes the gelatin strength or gelling strength of gelatin. The key figure is the mass in grams that is required so that a stamp 0.5 inch in diameter deforms the surface of a 6.67% gelatin / water mixture four millimeters deep without tearing it. The attempt takes place standardized at exactly 10 Ā° C with a previous aging of the gelatin of 17 hours.

Umfasst die wenigstens eine zweite Phase Gelatine mit einem Bloomwert von 150 oder mehr, insbesondere von 180 bis 225, bevorzugt von 200 bis 225, liegt der Anteil an Gelatine bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase vorzugsweise im Bereich von 10 Gew.-% bis 20 Gew.-%, insbesondere von 15 Gew.-% bis 18 Gew.-%. BetrƤgt der Bloomwert weniger als 150, insbesondere von 60 bis 120, bevorzugt von 60 bis 100, liegt der Anteil an Gelatine bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase vorzugsweise im Bereich von 15 Gew.-% bis 30 Gew.-%, insbesondere von 20 Gew.-% bis 25 Gew.-%. Bevorzugt ist Gelatine mit einem Bloomwert von 180 oder mehr, insbesondere von 200 oder mehr, besonders von 225. Durch Gelatine mit einem entsprechenden Bloomwert kann die ViskositƤt der zweiten Phase in der Herstellung gut kontrolliert werden. Zudem ist die Menge an benƶtigter Gelatine hier geringer als bei der Verwendung von Gelatine mit geringerem Bloomwert, was zu einer Kostenreduzierung fĆ¼hren kann.If the at least one second phase comprises gelatin with a bloom value of 150 or more, in particular from 180 to 225, preferably from 200 to 225, the proportion of gelatin based on the total weight of the second phase is preferably in the range from 10% by weight to 20 % By weight, in particular from 15% by weight to 18% by weight. If the bloom value is less than 150, in particular from 60 to 120, preferably from 60 to 100, the proportion of gelatin, based on the total weight of the second phase, is preferably in the range from 15% by weight to 30% by weight, in particular 20 % By weight to 25% by weight. Gelatin with a bloom value of 180 or more, in particular of 200 or more, particularly 225 is preferred. Gelatin with a corresponding bloom value allows the viscosity of the second phase to be controlled well during production. In addition, the amount of gelatin required is lower here than when using gelatin with a lower bloom value, which can lead to a cost reduction.

Umfasst die wenigstens eine zweite Phase neben Gelatine weiterhin PVA, wird die ZƤhigkeit der zweiten Phase in der Herstellung erhƶht.If the at least one second phase also includes PVA in addition to gelatin, the toughness of the second phase in production is increased.

Ɯberaschenderweise hat sich gezeigt, dass Gelatine zusammen mit anionischen Polymeren oder Copolymeren, insbesondere mit Sulfopolymeren, zur Ausbildung von zweiten Phasen mit unempfindlichen OberflƤchen fĆ¼hrt. Entsprechende OberflƤchen kƶnnen vom Endverbraucher berĆ¼hrt werden, ohne dass Material an den HƤnden haften bleibt. Auch in einer Verpackung findet kein Materialabtrag statt. Bevorzugt umfasst daher die zweite Phase Gelatine und ein anionisches Copolymer/Polymer. Der Anteil am anionischen Polymer betrƤgt vorzugsweise 1 Gew.-% bis 35 Gew.-%, insbesondere 3 Gew.-% bis 30 Gew.-%, besonders 5 Gew.-% bis 25 Gew.-%, bevorzugt 5 Gew.-% bis 20 Gew.-% bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase. Sulfopolymere sorgen zudem fĆ¼r einen hervorragenden Glanz der OberflƤche. Zudem bleiben auch FingerabdrĆ¼cke nicht erhalten. Daher betrƤgt der Anteil an Sulfopolymeren, insbesondere an Sulfopolymeren mit AMPS als sulfonsƤuregruppenhaltigem Monomer, beispielsweise Acusol 590, Acusol 588 oder Sokalan CP50, vorzugsweise 1 Gew.-% bis 25 Gew.-%, insbesondere 3 Gew.-% bis 15 Gew.-%, besonders 4 Gew.-% bis 12 Gew.-%, bevorzugt 5 Gew.-% bis 10 Gew.-% bezogen auf das Gewicht der zweiten Phase. In einer besonders bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform umfasst die wenigstens eine zweite Phase daher Gelatine sowie ein Sulfopolymer und wenigstens einen mehrwertigen Alkohol.Surprisingly, it has been shown that gelatin, together with anionic polymers or copolymers, in particular with sulfopolymers, leads to the formation of second phases with insensitive surfaces. Appropriate surfaces can be touched by the end user without material sticking to his hands. There is also no material removal in packaging. The second phase therefore preferably comprises gelatin and an anionic copolymer / polymer. The proportion of the anionic polymer is preferably 1% by weight to 35% by weight, in particular 3% by weight to 30% by weight, particularly 5% by weight to 25% by weight, preferably 5% by weight. % to 20 wt .-% based on the total weight of the second phase. Sulfopolymers also ensure an excellent gloss on the surface. In addition, fingerprints are not retained. Therefore, the proportion of sulfopolymers, in particular sulfopolymers with AMPS as a monomer containing sulfonic acid groups, for example Acusol 590, Acusol 588 or Sokalan CP50, is preferably 1% by weight to 25% by weight, in particular 3% by weight to 15% by weight. %, particularly 4% by weight to 12% by weight, preferably 5% by weight to 10% by weight, based on the weight of the second phase. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the at least one second phase therefore comprises gelatin and a sulfopolymer and at least one polyhydric alcohol.

ErfindungsgemƤƟ kann die wenigstens eine zweite Phase weiterhin Verdickungspolymer umfassen. Bevorzugt handelt es sich hierbei um ein Polycarboxylat. Als Polycarboxylat wird vorzugsweise ein copolymeres Polyacrylat, vorzugsweise ein Sulfopolymer vorzugsweise ein copolymeres Polysulfonat, vorzugsweise ein hydrophob modifiziertes copolymeres Polysulfonat eingesetzt. Die Copolymere kƶnnen zwei, drei, vier oder mehr unterschiedliche Monomereinheiten aufweisen. Bevorzugte copolymere Polysulfonate enthalten neben SulfonsƤuregruppen-haltigem(n) Monomer(en) wenigstens ein Monomer aus der Gruppe der ungesƤttigten CarbonsƤuren.According to the invention, the at least one second phase can further comprise thickening polymer. This is preferably a polycarboxylate. As a polycarboxylate preferably a copolymeric polyacrylate, preferably a sulfopolymer, preferably a copolymeric polysulfonate, preferably a hydrophobically modified copolymeric polysulfonate. The copolymers can have two, three, four or more different monomer units. Preferred copolymeric polysulfonates contain, in addition to monomer (s) containing sulfonic acid groups, at least one monomer from the group of unsaturated carboxylic acids.

Als ungesƤttigte CarbonsƤure(n) wird/werden mit besonderem Vorzug ungesƤttigte CarbonsƤuren der Formel R1(R2)C=C(R3)COOH eingesetzt, in der R1 bis R3 unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r -H, -CH3, einen geradkettigen oder verzweigten gesƤttigten Alkylrest mit 2 bis 12 Kohlenstoffatomen, einen geradkettigen oder verzweigten, ein- oder mehrfach ungesƤttigten Alkenylrest mit 2 bis 12 Kohlenstoffatomen, mit -NH2, -OH oder -COOH substituierte Alkyl- oder Alkenylreste wie vorstehend definiert oder fĆ¼r -COOH oder -COOR4 steht, wobei R4 ein gesƤttigter oder ungesƤttigter, geradkettigter oder verzweigter Kohlenwasserstoffrest mit 1 bis 12 Kohlenstoffatomen ist.Unsaturated carboxylic acids of the formula R 1 (R 2 ) C = C (R 3 ) COOH are used as unsaturated carboxylic acid (s), in which R 1 to R 3 independently of one another are -H, -CH 3 , one straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl radical having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a straight-chain or branched, mono- or polyunsaturated alkenyl radical having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, alkyl or alkenyl radicals substituted by -NH2, -OH or -COOH as defined above or for -COOH or -COOR 4 , where R 4 is a saturated or unsaturated, straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon radical having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.

Besonders bevorzugte ungesƤttigte CarbonsƤuren sind AcrylsƤure, MethacrylsƤure, EthacrylsƤure, Ī±-ChloroacrylsƤure, Ī±-CyanoacrylsƤure, CrotonsƤure, Ī±-Phenyl-AcrylsƤure, MaleinsƤure, MaleinsƤureanhydrid, FumarsƤure, ItaconsƤure, CitraconsƤure, MethylenmalonsƤure, SorbinsƤure, ZimtsƤure oder deren Mischungen. Einsetzbar sind selbstverstƤndlich auch die ungesƤttigten DicarbonsƤuren.Particularly preferred unsaturated carboxylic acids are acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, ethacrylic acid, Ī±-chloroacrylic acid, Ī±-cyanoacrylic acid, crotonic acid, Ī±-phenyl-acrylic acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, methylene malonic acid, sorbic acid, cinnamic acid or mixtures thereof. Of course, the unsaturated dicarboxylic acids can also be used.

Bei den SulfonsƤuregruppen-haltigen Monomeren sind solche der Formel R5(R6)C=C(R7)-X-SO3H bevorzugt, in der R5 bis R7 unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r -H, -CH3, einen geradkettigen oder verzweigten gesƤttigten Alkylrest mit 2 bis 12 Kohlenstoffatomen, einen geradkettigen oder verzweigten, ein- oder mehrfach ungesƤttigten Alkenylrest mit 2 bis 12 Kohlenstoffatomen, mit-NH2, -OH oder -COOH substituierte Alkyl- oder Alkenylreste oder fĆ¼r -COOH oder -COOR4 steht, wobei R4 ein gesƤttigter oder ungesƤttigter, geradkettigter oder verzweigter Kohlenwasserstoffrest mit 1 bis 12 Kohlenstoffatomen ist, und X fĆ¼r eine optional vorhandene Spacergruppe steht, die ausgewƤhlt ist aus -(CH2)n- mit n = 0 bis 4, -COO-(CH2)k- mit k = 1 bis 6, -C(O)-NH-C(CH3)2-,-C(O)-NH-C(CH3)2-CH2- und -C(O)-NH-CH(CH3)-CH2-.In the case of the monomers containing sulfonic acid groups, preference is given to those of the formula R 5 (R 6 ) C = C (R 7 ) -X-SO 3 H in which R 5 to R 7 independently of one another are ā€”H, ā€”CH 3 , a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl radical with 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a straight-chain or branched, mono- or polyunsaturated alkenyl radical with 2 to 12 carbon atoms, alkyl or alkenyl radicals substituted with -NH 2 , -OH or -COOH or for -COOH or -COOR 4 R 4 is a saturated or unsaturated, straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon radical having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and X represents an optionally present spacer group which is selected from - (CH 2 ) n - with n = 0 to 4, -COO - (CH 2 ) k - with k = 1 to 6, -C (O) -NH-C (CH 3 ) 2 -, - C (O) -NH-C (CH 3 ) 2 -CH 2 - and - C (O) -NH-CH (CH 3 ) -CH 2 -.

Unter diesen Monomeren bevorzugt sind solche der Formeln H2C=CH-X-SO3H , H2C=C(CH3)-X-SO3H oder HO3S-X-(R6)C=C(R7)-X-SO3H, in denen R6 und R7 unabhƤngig voneinander ausgewƤhlt sind aus -H, -CH3, -CH2CH3,-CH2CH2CH3 und -CH(CH3)2 und X fĆ¼r eine optional vorhandene Spacergruppe steht, die ausgewƤhlt ist aus -(CH2)n- mit n = 0 bis 4, -COO-(CH2)k- mit k = 1 bis 6, -C(O)-NH-C(CH3)2-,-C(O)-NH-C(CH3)2-CH2- und -C(O)-NH-CH(CH3)-CH2-.Preferred among these monomers are those of the formulas H 2 C = CH-X-SO 3 H, H 2 C = C (CH 3 ) -X-SO 3 H or HO 3 SX- (R 6 ) C = C (R 7 ) -X-SO 3 H, in which R 6 and R 7 are independently selected from -H, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 and -CH (CH 3 ) 2 and X represents an optionally available spacer group which is selected from - (CH 2 ) n - with n = 0 to 4, -COO- (CH 2 ) k - with k = 1 to 6, -C (O) -NH-C (CH 3 ) 2 -, - C (O) -NH-C (CH 3 ) 2 -CH 2 - and -C (O) -NH-CH (CH 3 ) -CH 2 -.

Besonders bevorzugte SulfonsƤuregruppen-haltige Monomere sind dabei 1-Acrylamido-1-propansulfonsƤure, 2-Acrylamido-2-propansulfonsƤure, 2-Acrylamido-2-methyl-1-propansulfonsƤure, 2-Methacrylamido-2-methyl-1-propansulfonsƤure, 3-Methacrylamido-2-hydroxy-propansulfonsƤure, AllylsulfonsƤure, MethallylsulfonsƤure, AllyloxybenzolsulfonsƤure, MethallyloxybenzolsulfonsƤure, 2-Hydroxy-3-(2-propenyloxy)propansulfonsƤure, 2-Methyl-2-propen1-sulfonsƤure, StyrolsulfonsƤure, VinylsulfonsƤure, 3-Sulfopropylacrylat, 3-Sulfopropylmethacrylat, Sulfomethacrylamid, Sulfomethylmethacrylamid sowie Mischungen der genannten SƤuren oder deren wasserlƶsliche Salze. In den Polymeren kƶnnen die SulfonsƤuregruppen ganz oder teilweise in neutralisierter Form vorliegen, das heiƟt dass das acide Wasserstoffatom der SulfonsƤuregruppe in einigen oder allen SulfonsƤuregruppen gegen Metallionen, vorzugsweise Alkalimetallionen und insbesondere gegen Natriumionen, ausgetauscht sein kann. Der Einsatz von teil- oder vollneutralisierten SulfonsƤuregruppen-haltigen Copolymeren ist erfindungsgemƤƟ bevorzugt.Particularly preferred monomers containing sulfonic acid groups are 1-acrylamido-1-propanesulfonic acid, 2-acrylamido-2-propanesulfonic acid, 2-acrylamido-2-methyl-1-propanesulfonic acid, 2-methacrylamido-2-methyl-1-propanesulfonic acid, 3- Methacrylamido-2-hydroxy-propanesulfonic acid, allylsulfonic acid, methallylsulfonic acid, allyloxybenzenesulfonic acid, methallyloxybenzenesulfonic acid, 2-hydroxy-3- (2-propenyloxy) propanesulfonic acid, 2-methyl-2-propen1-sulfonic acid, styrenesulfonic acid, vinylsulfonic acid, 3-sulfopropyl acrylate , Sulfomethacrylamide, sulfomethyl methacrylamide and mixtures of the acids mentioned or their water-soluble salts. The sulfonic acid groups in the polymers can be wholly or partly in neutralized form, that is to say that the acidic hydrogen atom of the sulfonic acid group in some or all of the sulfonic acid groups can be replaced by metal ions, preferably alkali metal ions and in particular by sodium ions. The use of partially or fully neutralized copolymers containing sulfonic acid groups is preferred according to the invention.

Die Monomerenverteilung der erfindungsgemƤƟ bevorzugt eingesetzten Copolymere betrƤgt bei Copolymeren, die nur CarbonsƤuregruppen-haltige Monomere und SulfonsƤuregruppen-haltige Monomere enthalten, vorzugsweise jeweils 5 bis 95 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt betrƤgt der Anteil des SulfonsƤuregruppen-haltigen Monomers 50 bis 90 Gew.-% und der Anteil des CarbonsƤuregruppen-haltigen Monomers 10 bis 50 Gew.-%, die Monomere sind hierbei vorzugsweise ausgewƤhlt aus den zuvor genannten. Die Molmasse der erfindungsgemƤƟ bevorzugt eingesetzten Sulfo-Copolymere kann variiert werden, um die Eigenschaften der Polymere dem gewĆ¼nschten Verwendungszweck anzupassen. Bevorzugte Reinigungsmittel sind dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass die Copolymere Molmassen von 2000 bis 200.000 gĀ·mol-1, vorzugsweise von 4000 bis 25.000 gĀ·mol-1 und insbesondere von 5000 bis 15.000 gĀ·mol-1 aufweisen.The monomer distribution of the copolymers preferably used according to the invention is preferably 5 to 95% by weight in each case in copolymers which contain only monomers containing carboxylic acid groups and monomers containing sulfonic acid groups, particularly preferably the proportion of the monomer containing sulfonic acid groups is 50 to 90% by weight. % and the proportion of the carboxylic acid group-containing monomer 10 to 50 wt .-%, the monomers are preferably selected from the aforementioned. The molar mass of the sulfo copolymers preferably used according to the invention can be varied in order to adapt the properties of the polymers to the desired intended use. Preferred cleaning agents are characterized in that the copolymers have molar masses from 2000 to 200,000 gmol -1 , preferably from 4000 to 25,000 gmol -1 and in particular from 5000 to 15,000 gmol -1 .

In einer weiteren bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform umfassen die Copolymere neben Carboxylgruppen-haltigem Monomer und SulfonsƤuregruppen-haltigem Monomer weiterhin wenigstens ein nichtionisches, vorzugsweise hydrophobes Monomer. Durch den Einsatz dieser hydrophob modifizierten Polymere konnte insbesondere die KlarspĆ¼lleistung erfindungsgemƤƟer GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel verbessert werden.In a further preferred embodiment, in addition to the monomer containing carboxyl groups and the monomer containing sulfonic acid groups, the copolymers further comprise at least one nonionic, preferably hydrophobic monomer. The use of these hydrophobically modified polymers in particular has improved the rinse aid performance of dishwashing detergents according to the invention.

Besonders bevorzugt umfasst die wenigstens ein zweite Phase weiterhin ein anionisches Copolymer, wobei als anionisches Copolymer ein Copolymer, umfassend

  1. i) CarbonsƤuregruppen-haltige Monomere
  2. ii) SulfonsƤuregruppen-haltige Monomere
  3. iii) nichtionische Monomere, insbesondere hydrophobe Monomere eingesetzt wird.
The at least one second phase particularly preferably further comprises an anionic copolymer, a copolymer comprising as the anionic copolymer
  1. i) Monomers containing carboxylic acid groups
  2. ii) Monomers containing sulfonic acid groups
  3. iii) nonionic monomers, in particular hydrophobic monomers, is used.

Als nichtionische Monomere werden vorzugsweise Monomere der allgemeinen Formel R1(R2)C=C(R3)-X-R4 eingesetzt, in der R1 bis R3 unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r -H, -CH3 oder-C2H5 steht, X fĆ¼r eine optional vorhandene Spacergruppe steht, die ausgewƤhlt ist aus -CH2-,-C(O)O- und -C(O)-NH-, und R4 fĆ¼r einen geradkettigen oder verzweigten gesƤttigten Alkylrest mit 2 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen oder fĆ¼r einen ungesƤttigten, vorzugsweise aromatischen Rest mit 6 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen steht.Monomers of the general formula R 1 (R 2 ) C = C (R 3 ) -XR 4 , in which R 1 to R 3 independently of one another are -H, -CH 3 or -C 2 H 5 , are preferably used as nonionic monomers , X represents an optionally available spacer group which is selected from -CH 2 -, - C (O) O- and -C (O) -NH-, and R 4 represents a straight-chain or branched saturated alkyl radical having 2 to 22 carbon atoms or represents an unsaturated, preferably aromatic radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms.

Besonders bevorzugte nichtionische Monomere sind Buten, Isobuten, Penten, 3-Methylbuten, 2-Methylbuten, Cyclopenten, Hexen, Hexen-1 , 2-Methlypenten-1 , 3-Methlypenten-1 , Cyclohexen, Methylcyclopenten, Cyclohepten, Methylcyclohexen, 2,4,4-Trimethylpenten-1, 2,4,4-Trimethylpenten-2,2,3-Dimethylhexen-1, 2,4-Diemthylhexen-1, 2,5-Dimethlyhexen-1, 3,5-Dimethylhexen-1, 4,4-Dimethylhexan-1, Ethylcyclohexyn, 1-Octen, Ī±-Olefine mit 10 oder mehr Kohlenstoffatomen wie beispielsweise 1-Decen, 1-Dodecen, 1-Hexadecen, 1-Oktadecen und C22-Ī±-Olefin, 2-Styrol, Ī±-Methylstyrol, 3-Methylstyrol, 4-Propylstryol, 4-Cyclohexylstyrol, 4-Dodecylstyrol, 2-Ethyl-4-Benzylstyrol, 1-Vinylnaphthalin, 2-Vinylnaphthalin, AcrylsƤuremethylester, AcrylsƤureethylester, AcrylsƤurepropylester, AcrylsƤurebutylester, AcrylsƤurepentylester, AcrylsƤurehexylester, MethacrylsƤuremethylester, N-(Methyl)acrylamid, AcrylsƤure-2-Ethylhexylester, MethacrylsƤure-2-Ethylhexylester, N-(2-Ethylhexyl)acrylamid, AcrylsƤureoctylester, MethacrylsƤureoctylester, N-(Octyl)acrylamid, AcrylsƤurelaurylester, MethacrylsƤurelaurylester, N-(Lauryl)acrylamid, AcrylsƤurestearylester, MethacrylsƤurestearylester, N-(Stearyl)acrylamid, AcrylsƤurebehenylester, MethacrylsƤurebehenylester und N-(Behenyl)acrylamid oder deren Mischungen, insbesondere AcrylsƤure, Ethylacrylat, 2-Acrylamido-2-methylpropansulfonsƤure (AMPS) sowie deren Mischungen.Particularly preferred nonionic monomers are butene, isobutene, pentene, 3-methylbutene, 2-methylbutene, cyclopentene, hexene, hexene-1, 2-methylpentene-1, 3-methylpentene-1, cyclohexene, methylcyclopentene, cycloheptene, methylcyclohexene, 2,4 , 4-trimethylpentene-1, 2,4,4-trimethylpentene-2,2,3-dimethylhexene-1, 2,4-dimethylhexene-1, 2,5-dimethylhexene-1, 3,5-dimethylhexene-1,4 , 4-dimethylhexane-1, ethylcyclohexyne, 1-octene, Ī±-olefins with 10 or more carbon atoms such as 1-decene, 1-dodecene, 1-hexadecene, 1-octadecene and C 22 -Ī±-olefin, 2-styrene, Ī±-methylstyrene, 3-methylstyrene, 4-propylstryol, 4-cyclohexylstyrene, 4-dodecylstyrene, 2-ethyl-4-benzylstyrene, 1-vinylnaphthalene, 2-vinylnaphthalene, acrylic acid methyl ester, acrylic acid ethyl ester, acrylic acid propyl ester, acrylic acid butyl ester, acrylate, acrylate, acrylate, acrylate N - (methyl) acrylamide, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, N - (2-ethylhexyl) acrylamide, octyl acrylate, Me octyl thacrylate, N - (octyl) acrylamide, lauryl acrylate, lauryl methacrylate, N - (lauryl) acrylamide, stearyl acrylate, stearyl methacrylate, N - (stearyl) acrylamide, behenyl acrylate, methacrylate and N- (behenyl) acrylate, in particular, their mixtures, acrylate or acrylate, 2-acrylamido-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid (AMPS) and mixtures thereof.

ErfindungsgemƤƟ kann die wenigstens eine zweite Phase auch weitere Polymere, wie beispielsweise PEG, insbesondere solche Polyethylenglykole mit einer mittleren Molmasse zwischen etwa 200 und 8000, zwischen etwa 800 und 4000 g/mol, besonders bevorzugt mit einer mittleren Molmasse zwischen 1000 und 2000 g/mol, beispielsweise um 1500 g/mol (INCI: PEG1500), umfassen, welche die StabilitƤt der zweiten Phase erhƶhen.According to the invention, the at least one second phase can also comprise other polymers, such as PEG, in particular those polyethylene glycols with an average molecular weight between about 200 and 8000, between about 800 and 4000 g / mol, particularly preferably with an average molecular weight between 1000 and 2000 g / mol , for example around 1500 g / mol (INCI: PEG1500), which increase the stability of the second phase.

Die wenigstens ein zweite Phase umfasst wenigstens einen mehrwertigen Alkohol. Der wenigstens eine mehrwertige Alkohol ermƶglicht die Herstellung einer formstabilen, nicht-flieƟfƤhigen zweiten Phase innerhalb einer kurzen Erstarrungszeit, die innerhalb von 15 min oder weniger, insbesondere von 10 min oder weniger. Mehrwertige Alkohole im Sinne der vorliegenden Erfindung sind Kohlenwasserstoffe, in denen zwei, drei oder mehr Wasserstoffatome durch OH-Gruppen ersetzt sind. Dabei sind die OH-Gruppen an jeweils verschiedenen Kohlenstoffatomen gebunden. Ein Kohlenstoffatom weist keine zwei OH-Gruppen auf. Dies steht im Unterschied zu (einfachen) gebunden. Ein Kohlenstoffatom weist keine zwei OH-Gruppen auf. Dies steht im Unterschied zu (einfachen)The at least one second phase comprises at least one polyhydric alcohol. The at least one polyhydric alcohol enables the production of a dimensionally stable, non-flowable second phase within a short setting time, within 15 minutes or less, in particular 10 minutes or less. Polyhydric alcohols in the context of the present invention are hydrocarbons in which two, three or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced by OH groups. The OH groups are bound to different carbon atoms. A carbon atom has no two OH groups. This differs from (simple) bound. A carbon atom has no two OH groups. This differs from (simple)

Alkoholen, bei welchen in Kohlenwasserstoffen nur ein Wasserstoffatom durch eine OH-Gruppe ersetzt ist. Mehrwertige Alkohole mit zwei OH-Gruppen werden als Alkandiole bezeichnet, mehrwertige Alkohole mit drei OH-Gruppen als Alkantriole. Ein mehrwertiger Alkohol entspricht damit der allgemeinen Formel [KW](OH)x, wobei KW fĆ¼r einen Kohlenwasserstoff steht, der linear oder verzweigt, gesƤttigt oder ungesƤttigt, substituiert oder unsubstituiert ist. Eine Substituierung kann beispielweise mit -SH oder -NH- Gruppen erfolgen. Bevorzugt ist KW ein linearer oder verzweigter, gesƤttigter oder ungesƤttigter, unsubstituierter Kohlenwasserstoff. KW umfasst dabei wenigstens zwei Kohlenstoffatome. Der mehrwertige Alkohol umfasst 2, 3 oder mehr OH-Gruppen (x= 2, 3, 4 ...), wobei an jedem C-Atom des KW lediglich eine OH-Gruppe gebunden ist. Besonders bevorzugt umfasst KW 2 bis 10, also 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, oder 10 Kohlenstoffatome. Eingesetzt werden kƶnnen insbesondere mehrwertige Alkohole mit x=2, 3 oder 4 (beispielsweise z.B. Pentaerythrit mit x=4). Bevorzugt ist x=2 (Alkandiol) und/oder x=3 (Alkantriol).Alcohols in which only one hydrogen atom in hydrocarbons is replaced by one OH group. Polyhydric alcohols with two OH groups are referred to as alkane diols, polyhydric alcohols with three OH groups as alkane triols. A polyhydric alcohol thus corresponds to the general formula [KW] (OH) x , where KW is a hydrocarbon which is linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted. Substitution can take place, for example, with -SH or -NH groups. KW is preferably a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, unsubstituted hydrocarbon. KW comprises at least two carbon atoms. The polyhydric alcohol comprises 2, 3 or more OH groups (x = 2, 3, 4 ...), only one OH group being bound to each C atom of the KW. KW particularly preferably comprises 2 to 10, that is to say 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 carbon atoms. In particular, polyhydric alcohols with x = 2, 3 or 4 (for example, pentaerythritol with x = 4) can be used. X = 2 (alkanediol) and / or x = 3 (alkanetriol) is preferred.

Die wenigstens eine zweite Phase umfasst wenigstens ein Alkantriol und/oder wenigstens ein Alkandiol, insbesondere wenigstens ein C3- bis C10-Alkantriol und/oder wenigstens ein C3- bis C10- Alkandiol, bevorzugt wenigstens ein C3- bis C8-Alkantriol und/oder wenigstens ein C3- bis C8- Alkandiol, besonders wenigstens ein C3- bis C6-Alkantriol und/oder wenigstens ein C3- bis C5- Alkandiol als mehrwertigen Alkohol. Bevorzugt umfasst sie ein Alkantriol und ein Alkandiol als wenigstens einen mehrwertigen Alkohol. Die wenigstens zweite Phase umfasst daher wenigstens ein Polymer, Gelatine und/oder PVA, sowie wenigstens ein Alkandiol und wenigstens ein Alkantriol, insbesondere ein Alkantriol und ein Alkandiol. Ebenso bevorzugt ist eine zweite Phase, die wenigstens ein Polymer, insbesondere Gelatine und/oder PVA, sowie ein C3- bis C8-Alkandiol und ein C3- bis C8- Alkantriol umfasst. Weiter bevorzugt ist eine zweite Phase, die wenigstens ein Polymer, insbesondere Gelatine und/oder PVA, sowie ein C3- bis C5-Alkandiol und ein C3- bis C6-Alkantriol umfasst.The at least one second phase comprises at least one alkanetriol and / or at least one alkanediol, in particular at least one C 3 to C 10 alkanetriol and / or at least one C 3 to C 10 alkanediol, preferably at least one C 3 to C 8 Alkanetriol and / or at least one C 3 to C 8 alkanediol, especially at least one C 3 to C 6 alkanediol and / or at least one C 3 to C 5 alkanediol as polyhydric alcohol. It preferably comprises an alkanetriol and an alkanediol as at least one polyhydric alcohol. The at least second phase therefore comprises at least one polymer, gelatin and / or PVA, and at least one alkanediol and at least one alkanetriol, in particular an alkanetriol and an alkanediol. Likewise preferred is a second phase which comprises at least one polymer, in particular gelatin and / or PVA, as well as a C 3 to C 8 alkanediol and a C 3 to C 8 alkanetriol. A second phase is further preferred which comprises at least one polymer, in particular gelatin and / or PVA, and also a C 3 to C 5 alkanediol and a C 3 to C 6 alkanetriol.

Ɯberraschenderweise hat sich gezeigt, dass bei der Kombination eines entsprechenden Triols (Alkantriols) mit einem entsprechenden Diol (Alkandiol) besonders kurze Erstarrungszeit erreicht werden kƶnnen. Die erhaltenen zweiten Phasen sind zudem transparent und weisen eine glƤnzende OberflƤche auf, die fĆ¼r einen ansprechenden optischen Eindruck des erfindungsgemƤƟen Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittels sorgen. Die Begriffe Diol und Alkandiol werden vorliegend synonym verwendet. Gleiches gilt fĆ¼r Triol und Alkantriol.Surprisingly, it has been found that when a corresponding triol (alkane triol) is combined with a corresponding diol (alkane diol), particularly short solidification times can be achieved. The second phases obtained are also transparent and have a glossy surface, which provide an appealing visual impression of the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention. The terms diol and alkanediol are used synonymously in the present case. The same applies to triol and alkanetriol.

ErfindungsgemƤƟ umfassen die mehrwertigen Alkohole keine Derivate, wie Ether, Ester etc. hiervon.According to the invention, the polyhydric alcohols do not include derivatives such as ethers, esters, etc. thereof.

Die Menge an in erfindungsgemƤƟen zweiten Phasen eingesetzten mehrwertigen Alkohol oder mehrwertigen Alkoholen liegt vorzugsweise bei wenigstens 45 Gew.-%, insbesondere bei 55 Gew.-% oder mehr. Bevorzugte Mengenbereiche sind hierbei von 5 Gew.-% bis 75 Gew.-%, insbesondere von 10 Gew.-% bis 70 Gew.-%, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase.The amount of polyhydric alcohol or polyhydric alcohols used in the second phases according to the invention is preferably at least 45% by weight, in particular 55% by weight or more. Preferred quantitative ranges are from 5% by weight to 75% by weight, in particular from 10% by weight to 70% by weight, based on the total weight of the second phase.

Bevorzugt ist das C3- bis C6-Alkantriol Glyzerin und/oder 2-Ethyl-2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-propandiol (auch 1,1,1-Trimethylolpropan genannt) und/oder 2-Amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-propandiol (TRIS, Trishydroxymethylaminoethan).The C 3 -C 6 alkanetriol is preferably glycerol and / or 2-ethyl-2- (hydroxymethyl) -1,3-propanediol (also called 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane) and / or 2-amino-2- (hydroxymethyl) -1,3-propanediol (TRIS, trishydroxymethylaminoethane).

Besonders bevorzugt ist das C3- bis C6-Alkantriol Glyzerin und/oder 2-Ethyl-2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-propandiol (auch 1,1,1-Trimethylolpropan genannt). Das C3- bis C5- Alkandiol ist vorzugsweise 1,3-Propandiol und/oder 1,2-Propandiol. Ɯberraschenderweise hat sich gezeigt, dass die KettenlƤnge des Diols sowie insbesondere die Stellung der OH-Gruppen Einfluss auf die Transparenz der zweiten Phase hat. Vorzugsweise sind daher die OH-Gruppen des Diols nicht an unmittelbar benachbarten C-Atomen angeordnet. Insbesondere befinden sich zwischen den beiden OH-Gruppen des Diols drei oder vier Kohlenstoffatome, insbesondere 3 Kohlenstoffatome. Besonders bevorzugt ist das Diol 1,3-Propandiol. Ɯberraschenderweise hat sich gezeigt, dass mit Mischungen, welche Glyzerin und 1,3-Propandiol und/oder 1,2-Propandiol umfassen, besonders gute Ergebnisse erzielt werden. Besonders bevorzugt umfasst die zweite Phase Gelatine, Glyzerin und 1,3-Propandiol bzw. Gelatine, 1,1,1-Trimethylolpropan und 1,3-Propandiol. Hier kann innerhalb einer Erstarrungszeit von 10 min oder weniger eine bei Raumtemperatur formstabile, nichtflieƟfƤhige Konsistenz erreicht werden, die auch nach lƤngerer Lagerzeit formstabil bleibt. Zudem ist eine entsprechende Phase transparent und weist eine glƤnzende OberflƤche auf. Eine besonders bevorzugt zweite Phase umfasst daher Gelatine oder PVA als Polymer und 1,3-Propandiol und Glyzerin bzw. 1,1,1-Trimethylolpropan als mehrwertige Alkohole.The C 3 - to C 6 -alkanetriol glycerol and / or 2-ethyl-2- (hydroxymethyl) -1,3-propanediol (also called 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane) is particularly preferred. The C 3 to C 5 alkanediol is preferably 1,3-propanediol and / or 1,2-propanediol. Surprisingly, it has been shown that the chain length of the diol and in particular the position of the OH groups have an influence on the transparency of the second phase. The OH groups of the diol are therefore preferably not arranged on immediately adjacent C atoms. In particular, there are three or four carbon atoms, in particular 3 carbon atoms, between the two OH groups of the diol. The diol 1,3-propanediol is particularly preferred. Surprisingly, it has been found that particularly good results are achieved with mixtures which comprise glycerol and 1,3-propanediol and / or 1,2-propanediol. The second phase particularly preferably comprises gelatin, glycerol and 1,3-propanediol or gelatin, 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane and 1,3-propanediol. Here, within a solidification time of 10 minutes or less, a non-flowable consistency that is stable at room temperature can be achieved, which remains dimensionally stable even after prolonged storage. A corresponding phase is also transparent and has a glossy surface. A particularly preferred second phase therefore comprises gelatin or PVA as a polymer and 1,3-propanediol and glycerol or 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane as polyhydric alcohols.

Umfasst die zweite Phase ein Alkantriol, insbesondere Glyzerin oder 1,1,1-Trimehtylolpropan, so betrƤgt der Anteil an Alkantriol, insbesondere Glyzerin oder 1,1,1-Trimehtylolpropan, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase, bevorzugt 5 Gew.-% bis 70 Gew.-%, insbesondere 10 Gew.-% bis 65 Gew.-%, besonders 20 Gew.-% bis 40 Gew.-%.If the second phase comprises an alkanetriol, in particular glycerol or 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane, the proportion of alkanetriol, in particular glycerol or 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane, based on the total weight of the second phase, is preferably 5% by weight up to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight to 65% by weight, particularly 20% by weight to 40% by weight.

Umfasst die zweite Phase ggf. mehrere Alkantriol(e), so betrƤgt der Gesamtanteil an Alkantriol(en), bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase, bevorzugt 5 Gew.-% bis 70 Gew.-%, insbesondere 10 Gew.-% bis 65 Gew.-%, besonders 20 Gew.-% bis 40 Gew.-%.If the second phase optionally comprises several alkanetriol (s), the total proportion of alkanetriol (s), based on the total weight of the second phase, is preferably 5% by weight to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight 65% by weight, particularly 20% by weight to 40% by weight.

Ist Glyzerin als Alkantriol in der zweiten Phase enthalten, so betrƤgt der Anteil an Glyzerin bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase, bevorzugt 5 Gew.-% bis 70 Gew.-%, insbesondere 10 Gew.-% bis 65 Gew.-%, besonders 20 Gew.-% bis 40 Gew.-%.If glycerol is present as alkanetriol in the second phase, the proportion of glycerol based on the total weight of the second phase is preferably 5% by weight to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight to 65% by weight. especially 20% by weight to 40% by weight.

Ist 1,1,1-Trimethylolpropan in der zweiten Phase enthalten, so betrƤgt der Anteil an 1,1,1-Trimethylolpropan bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase, bevorzugt 5 Gew.-% bis 70 Gew.-%, insbesondere 10 Gew.-% bis 65 Gew.-%, besonders 20 Gew.-% bis 40 Gew.-%. Ist 2-Amino-2-Hydroxymethyl-1,3-propandiolIf 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane is contained in the second phase, the proportion of 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane based on the total weight of the second phase is preferably 5% by weight to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight .-% to 65 wt .-%, especially 20 wt .-% to 40 wt .-%. Is 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol

Wenn 2-Amino-2-Hydroxymethyl-1,3-propandiol in der zweiten Phase enthalten, so betrƤgt der Anteil an 2-Amino-2-Hydroxymethyl-1,3-propandiol, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase, bevorzugt 5 Gew.-% bis 70 Gew.-%, insbesondere 10 Gew.-% bis 65 Gew.-%, besonders 20 Gew.-% bis 40 Gew.-%.If 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol contains in the second phase, the proportion of 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol, based on the total weight of the second phase, is preferably 5% by weight % to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight to 65% by weight, particularly 20% by weight to 40% by weight.

Sind ggf. mehrere Alkandiole in der zweiten Phase enthalten, betrƤgt der an Alkandiolen, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase, bevorzugt 5 Gew.-% bis 70 Gew.-%, insbesondere 10 Gew.-% bis 65 Gew.-%, besonders 20 Gew.-% bis 40 Gew.-%.If several alkanediols are optionally present in the second phase, the amount of alkanediols, based on the total weight of the second phase, is preferably 5% by weight to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight to 65% by weight, especially 20% by weight to 40% by weight.

Umfasst die zweite Phase ein Alkandiol, insbesondere 1,3-Propandiol, so betrƤgt der Anteil an Alkandiol, insbesondere 1,3-Propandiol, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase, bevorzugt 5 Gew.-% bis 70 Gew.-%, insbesondere 10 Gew.-% bis 65 Gew.-%, besonders 20 Gew.-% bis 45 Gew.-%. Ist 1,3-Propandiol in der zweiten Phase enthalten, so betrƤgt der Anteil an 1,3-Propandiol, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase, insbesondere 10 Gew.-% bis 65 Gew.-%, besonders 20 Gew.-% bis 45 Gew.-%.If the second phase comprises an alkanediol, in particular 1,3-propanediol, the proportion of alkanediol, in particular 1,3-propanediol, based on the total weight of the second phase, is preferably 5% by weight to 70% by weight, in particular 10% by weight to 65% by weight, especially 20% by weight to 45% by weight. If 1,3-propanediol is contained in the second phase, the proportion of 1,3-propanediol, based on the total weight of the second phase, is in particular 10% by weight to 65% by weight, particularly 20% by weight up to 45% by weight.

Bevorzugt ist eine zweite Phase, die 20 bis 45 Gew.-% 1,3 Propandiol und 10 Gew.-% bis 65 Gew.-% 2-Amino-2-Hydroxymethyl-1,3-propandiol, jeweils bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase, enthƤlt. Ebenfalls bevorzugt ist eine zweite Phase, die 20 bis 45 Gew.-% 1,3 Propandiol und 10 Gew.-% bis 65 Gew.-% 1,1,1-Trimethylolpropan, jeweils bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase, enthƤlt. Insbesondere bevorzugt ist eine zweite Phase, die 20 bis 45 Gew.-% 1,3 Propandiol und 10 Gew.-% bis 65 Gew.-% Glyzerin, jeweils bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase, enthƤlt.Preferred is a second phase, the 20 to 45 wt .-% 1,3 propanediol and 10 wt .-% to 65 wt .-% 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol, each based on the total weight of the second phase. Likewise preferred is a second phase which contains 20 to 45% by weight of 1,3 propanediol and 10% by weight to 65% by weight of 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane, in each case based on the total weight of the second phase. A second phase which contains 20 to 45% by weight of 1,3-propanediol and 10% by weight to 65% by weight of glycerol, in each case based on the total weight of the second phase, is particularly preferred.

Es hat sich gezeigt, dass in diesen Bereichen eine rasche Erstarrung bei 20 Ā°C einer zweiten Phase mƶglich ist, die erhaltenen Phasen lagerstabil und transparent sind. Insbesondere der Anteil an Glyzerin hat eine Auswirkung auf die AushƤrtezeit.It has been shown that a rapid solidification at 20 Ā° C. of a second phase is possible in these areas, the phases obtained are stable in storage and transparent. The amount of glycerin in particular has an effect on the curing time.

Weist die erfindungsgemƤƟe wenigstens eine zweite Phase ein C3- bis C6-Alkantriol und ein C3- bis C5-Alkandiol auf, so betrƤgt das GewichtsverhƤltnis vorzugsweise 3:1 bis 2:1. Insbesondere betrƤgt das GewichtsverhƤltnis 2:1, wenn Glyzerin und 1,3-Propandiol als mehrwertige Alkohole enthalten sind. Ɯberraschenderweise hat sich gezeigt, dass bei diesen GewichtsverhƤltnissen innerhalb kurzer Erstarrungszeiten bei 20Ā° C von 10 Minuten oder weniger, lagerstabile, glƤnzende, transparente zweite Phasen erhalten werden kƶnnen.If the at least one second phase according to the invention has a C 3 to C 6 alkanetriol and a C 3 to C 5 alkanediol, the weight ratio is preferably 3: 1 to 2: 1. In particular, the weight ratio is 2: 1 if glycerol and 1,3-propanediol are present as polyhydric alcohols. Surprisingly, it has been shown that at these weight ratios storage-stable, shiny, transparent second phases can be obtained within short solidification times at 20 Ā° C. of 10 minutes or less.

Das erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel umfasst vorzugsweise wenigstens ein Tensid. Dieses Tensid ist ausgewƤhlt aus der Gruppe der anionischen, nichtionischen und kationischen Tenside. Das erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel kann auch Mischungen aus mehreren Tensiden, die aus derselben Gruppe ausgewƤhlt sind, enthalten.The washing or cleaning agent according to the invention preferably comprises at least one surfactant. This surfactant is selected from the group of anionic, nonionic and cationic surfactants. The washing or cleaning agent according to the invention can also contain mixtures of several surfactants selected from the same group.

ErfindungsgemƤƟ umfassen die wenigstens eine erste Phase und die wenigstens eine zweite Phase jeweils wenigstens ein Tensid. Es ist jedoch auch mƶglich, dass nur die wenigstens eine erste Phase oder nur die wenigstens eine zweite Phase wenigstens ein Tensid umfassen. Umfassen beide Phasen ein Tensid, so handelt es sich vorzugsweise um voneinander verschiedene Tenside. Es ist jedoch auch mƶglich, dass erste und zweite Phase dasselbe Tensid oder dieselben Tenside aufweisen. ErfindungsgemƤƟe wenigstens eine erste und/oder zweite Phasen enthalten vorzugsweise mindestens ein nichtionisches Tensid. Als nichtionische Tenside kƶnnen alle dem Fachmann bekannten nichtionischen Tenside eingesetzt werden. Bevorzugt werden schwachschƤumende nichtionische Tenside eingesetzt, insbesondere alkoxylierte, vor allem ethoxylierte, schwachschƤumende nichtionische Tenside. Diese werden im Folgenden nƤher spezifiziert.According to the invention, the at least one first phase and the at least one second phase each comprise at least one surfactant. However, it is also possible for only the at least one first phase or only the at least one second phase to comprise at least one surfactant. If both phases comprise a surfactant, they are preferably different surfactants. However, it is also possible for the first and second phases to have the same surfactant or the same surfactants. At least one first and / or second phases according to the invention preferably contain at least one nonionic surfactant. All nonionic surfactants known to the person skilled in the art can be used as nonionic surfactants. Low-foaming nonionic surfactants are preferably used, in particular alkoxylated, especially ethoxylated, low-foaming nonionic surfactants. These are specified in more detail below.

Als nichtionische Tenside eignen sich beispielsweise Alkylglykoside der allgemeinen Formel RO(G)x in der R einem primƤren geradkettigen oder methylverzweigten, insbesondere in 2-Stellung methylverzweigten aliphatischen Rest mit 8 bis 22, vorzugsweise 12 bis 18 C-Atomen entspricht und G das Symbol ist, das fĆ¼r eine Glykoseeinheit mit 5 oder 6 C-Atomen, vorzugsweise fĆ¼r Glucose, steht. Der Oligomerisierungsgrad x, der die Verteilung von Monoglykosiden und Oligoglykosiden angibt, ist eine beliebige Zahl zwischen 1 und 10; vorzugsweise liegt x bei 1,2 bis 1,4.Suitable nonionic surfactants are, for example, alkyl glycosides of the general formula RO (G) x in which R corresponds to a primary straight-chain or methyl-branched, in particular methyl-branched aliphatic radical having 8 to 22, preferably 12 to 18 C atoms and G is the symbol , which stands for a glycose unit with 5 or 6 carbon atoms, preferably for glucose. The degree of oligomerization x, which indicates the distribution of monoglycosides and oligoglycosides, is any number between 1 and 10; x is preferably 1.2 to 1.4.

Eine weitere Klasse bevorzugt eingesetzter nichtionischer Tenside, die entweder als alleiniges nichtionisches Tensid oder in Kombination mit anderen nichtionischen Tensiden eingesetzt werden, sind alkoxylierte, vorzugsweise ethoxylierte oder ethoxylierte und propoxylierte FettsƤurealkylester, vorzugsweise mit 1 bis 4 Kohlenstoffatomen in der Alkylkette.Another class of preferably used nonionic surfactants, which are used either as the sole nonionic surfactant or in combination with other nonionic surfactants, are alkoxylated, preferably ethoxylated or ethoxylated and propoxylated fatty acid alkyl esters, preferably with 1 to 4 carbon atoms in the alkyl chain.

Auch nichtionische Tenside vom Typ der Aminoxide, beispielsweise N-Kokosalkyl-N,N-dimethylaminoxid und N-Talgalkyl-N,N-dihydroxyethylaminoxid, und der FettsƤurealkanolamide kƶnnen geeignet sein. Die Menge dieser nichtionischen Tenside betrƤgt vorzugsweise nicht mehr als die der ethoxylierten Fettalkohole, insbesondere nicht mehr als die HƤlfte davon.Nonionic surfactants of the amine oxide type, for example N-cocoalkyl-N, N-dimethylamine oxide and N-tallow alkyl-N, N-dihydroxyethylamine oxide, and the fatty acid alkanolamides can also be suitable. The amount of these nonionic surfactants is preferably not more than that of the ethoxylated fatty alcohols, in particular not more than half of them.

Weitere geeignete Tenside sind die als PHFA bekannten PolyhydroxyfettsƤureamide. Mit besonderem Vorzug enthalten die erfindungsgemƤƟen Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, insbesondere Reinigungsmittel fĆ¼r das maschinelle GeschirrspĆ¼len, nichtionische Tenside aus der Gruppe der alkoxylierten Alkohole. Als nichtionische Tenside werden vorzugsweise alkoxylierte, vorteilhafterweise ethoxylierte, insbesondere primƤre Alkohole mit vorzugsweise 8 bis 18 C-Atomen und durchschnittlich 1 bis 12 Mol Ethylenoxid (EO) pro Mol Alkohol eingesetzt, in denen der Alkoholrest linear oder bevorzugt in 2-Stellung methylverzweigt sein kann beziehungsweise lineare und methylverzweigte Reste im Gemisch enthalten kann, so wie sie Ć¼blicherweise in Oxoalkoholresten vorliegen. Insbesondere sind jedoch Alkoholethoxylate mit linearen Resten aus Alkoholen nativen Ursprungs mit 12 bis 18 C-Atomen, zum Beispielaus Kokos-, Palm-, Talgfett- oder Oleylalkohol, und durchschnittlich 2 bis 8 Mol EO pro Mol Alkohol bevorzugt. Zu den bevorzugten ethoxylierten Alkoholen gehƶren beispielsweise C12-14-Alkohole mit 3 EO oder 4 EO, C8-11-Alkohol mit 7 EO, C13-15-Alkohole mit 3 EO, 5 EO, 7 EO oder 8 EO, C12-18-Alkohole mit 3 EO, 5 EO oder 7 EO und Mischungen aus diesen, wie Mischungen aus C12-14-Alkohol mit 3 EO und C12-18-Alkohol mit 5 EO.Other suitable surfactants are the polyhydroxy fatty acid amides known as PHFA. The washing or cleaning agents according to the invention, in particular cleaning agents for automatic dishwashing, particularly preferably contain nonionic surfactants from the group of the alkoxylated alcohols. The nonionic surfactants used are preferably alkoxylated, advantageously ethoxylated, in particular primary alcohols having preferably 8 to 18 carbon atoms and an average of 1 to 12 moles of ethylene oxide (EO) per mole of alcohol, in which the alcohol residue can be linear or preferably methyl-branched in the 2-position or may contain linear and methyl-branched radicals in the mixture, as are usually present in oxo alcohol radicals. However, alcohol ethoxylates with linear residues of alcohols of native origin with 12 to 18 carbon atoms, for example from coconut, palm, tallow fat or oleyl alcohol, and an average of 2 to 8 moles of EO per mole of alcohol are particularly preferred. The preferred ethoxylated alcohols include, for example, C 12-14 alcohols with 3 EO or 4 EO, C 8-11 alcohol with 7 EO, C 13-15 alcohols with 3 EO, 5 EO, 7 EO or 8 EO, C 12-18 alcohols with 3 EO, 5 EO or 7 EO and mixtures thereof, such as mixtures of C 12-14 alcohol with 3 EO and C 12-18 alcohol with 5 EO.

Bevorzugte Alkoholethoxylate weisen eine eingeengte Homologenverteilung auf (narrow range ethoxylates, NRE). ZusƤtzlich zu diesen nichtionischen Tensiden kƶnnen auch Fettalkohole mit mehr als 12 EO eingesetzt werden. Beispiele hierfĆ¼r sind Talgfettalkohol mit 14 EO, 25 EO, 30 EO oder 40 EO.Preferred alcohol ethoxylates have a narrow homolog distribution (narrow range ethoxylates, NRE). In addition to these nonionic surfactants, fatty alcohols with more than 12 EO can also be used. Examples include tallow fatty alcohol with 14 EO, 25 EO, 30 EO or 40 EO.

Mit besonderem Vorzug werden ethoxylierte Niotenside, die aus C6-20-Monohydroxyalkanolen oder C6-20-Alkylphenolen oder C16-20-Fettalkoholen und mehr als 12 Mol, vorzugsweise mehr als 15 Mol und insbesondere mehr als 20 Mol Ethylenoxid pro Mol Alkohol gewonnen wurden, eingesetzt. Ein besonders bevorzugtes Niotensid wird aus einem geradkettigen Fettalkohol mit 16 bis 20 Kohlenstoffatomen (C16-20-Alkohol), vorzugsweise einem C18-Alkohol und mindestens 12 Mol, vorzugsweise mindestens 15 Mol und insbesondere mindestens 20 Mol Ethylenoxid gewonnen. Hierunter sind die sogenannten "narrow range ethoxylates" besonders bevorzugt.Particular preference is given to ethoxylated nonionic surfactants which consist of C 6-20 monohydroxyalkanols or C 6-20 alkylphenols or C 16-20 fatty alcohols and more than 12 mol, preferably more than 15 mol and in particular more than 20 mol, of ethylene oxide per mol of alcohol were used. A particularly preferred nonionic surfactant is obtained from a straight-chain fatty alcohol having 16 to 20 carbon atoms (C 16-20 alcohol), preferably a C 18 alcohol and at least 12 mol, preferably at least 15 mol and in particular at least 20 mol, of ethylene oxide. Among these, the so-called "narrow range ethoxylates" are particularly preferred.

Bevorzugt einzusetzende Tenside stammen aus den Gruppen der alkoxylierten Niotenside, insbesondere der ethoxylierten primƤren Alkohole und Mischungen dieser Tenside mit strukturell komplizierter aufgebauten Tensiden wie Polyoxypropylen/Polyoxyethylen/Polyoxypropylen ((PO/EO/PO)-Tenside). Solche (PO/EO/PO)-Niotenside zeichnen sich darĆ¼ber hinaus durch gute Schaumkontrolle aus.Preferred surfactants come from the groups of alkoxylated nonionic surfactants, in particular ethoxylated primary alcohols and mixtures of these surfactants with structurally more complex surfactants such as polyoxypropylene / polyoxyethylene / polyoxypropylene ((PO / EO / PO) surfactants). Such (PO / EO / PO) nonionic surfactants are also characterized by good foam control.

Als besonders bevorzugte Niotenside haben sich im Rahmen der vorliegenden Erfindung fĆ¼r die schwachschƤumende Niotenside erwiesen, welche alternierende Ethylenoxid- und Alkylenoxideinheiten aufweisen. Unter diesen sind wiederum Tenside mit EO-AO-EO-AO-Blƶcken bevorzugt, wobei jeweils eine bis zehn EO- beziehungsweise AO-Gruppen aneinander gebunden sind, bevor ein Block aus den jeweils anderen Gruppen folgt. Hier sind nichtionisches Tenside der allgemeinen Formel

Figure imgb0001
bevorzugt, in der R1 fĆ¼r einen geradkettigen oder verzweigten, gesƤttigten oder einbeziehungsweise mehrfach ungesƤttigten C6-24-Alkyl- oder -Alkenylrest steht; jede Gruppe R2 beziehungsweise R3 unabhƤngig voneinander ausgewƤhlt ist aus -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2-CH3, -CH(CH3)2 und die Indizes w, x, y, z unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r ganze Zahlen von 1 bis 6 stehen.Particularly preferred nonionic surfactants have been found in the context of the present invention for the low-foaming nonionic surfactants which have alternating ethylene oxide and alkylene oxide units. These in turn include surfactants with EO-AO-EO-AO blocks preferred, in each case one to ten EO or AO groups being bonded to one another before a block follows from the other groups. Here are nonionic surfactants of the general formula
Figure imgb0001
preferred, in which R 1 is a straight-chain or branched, saturated or, or polyunsaturated, C 6-24 alkyl or alkenyl radical; each group R 2 or R 3 is independently selected from -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 -CH 3 , -CH (CH 3 ) 2 and the indices w, x, y, z independently of one another represent integers from 1 to 6.

Bevorzugte Niotenside der vorstehenden Formel lassen sich durch bekannte Methoden aus den entsprechenden Alkoholen R1-OH und Ethylen- beziehungsweise Alkylenoxid herstellen. Der Rest R1 in der vorstehenden Formel kann je nach Herkunft des Alkohols variieren. Werden native Quellen genutzt, weist der Rest R1 eine gerade Anzahl von Kohlenstoffatomen auf und ist in der Regel unverzweigt, wobei die linearen Reste aus Alkoholen nativen Ursprungs mit 12 bis 18 C-Atomen, zum Beispielaus Kokos-, Palm-, Talgfett- oder Oleylalkohol, bevorzugt sind. Aus synthetischen Quellen zugƤngliche Alkohole sind beispielsweise die Guerbetalkohole oder in 2-Stellung methylverzweigte beziehungsweise lineare und methylverzweigte Reste im Gemisch, so wie sie Ć¼blicherweise in Oxoalkoholresten vorliegen. UnabhƤngig von der Art des zur Herstellung der in den Mitteln enthaltenen Niotenside eingesetzten Alkohols sind Niotenside bevorzugt, bei denen R1 in der vorstehenden Formel fĆ¼r einen Alkylrest mit 6 bis 24, vorzugsweise 8 bis 20, besonders bevorzugt 9 bis 15 und insbesondere 9 bis 11 Kohlenstoffatomen steht.Preferred nonionic surfactants of the above formula can be prepared by known methods from the corresponding alcohols R 1 -OH and ethylene or alkylene oxide. The radical R 1 in the above formula can vary depending on the origin of the alcohol. If native sources are used, the radical R 1 has an even number of carbon atoms and is usually unbranched, the linear radicals being from alcohols of native origin with 12 to 18 carbon atoms, for example from coconut, palm, tallow or Oleyl alcohol are preferred. Alcohols accessible from synthetic sources are, for example, the Guerbet alcohols or, in the mixture, methyl-branched or linear and methyl-branched radicals in the mixture, as are usually present in oxo alcohol radicals. Regardless of the type of alcohol used to prepare the nonionic surfactants contained in the compositions, nonionic surfactants are preferred in which R 1 in the above formula for an alkyl radical having 6 to 24, preferably 8 to 20, particularly preferably 9 to 15 and in particular 9 to 11 Carbon atoms.

Als Alkylenoxideinheit, die alternierend zur Ethylenoxideinheit in den bevorzugten Niotensiden enthalten ist, kommt neben Propylenoxid insbesondere Butylenoxid in Betracht. Aber auch weitere Alkylenoxide, bei denen R2 beziehungsweise R3 unabhƤngig voneinander ausgewƤhlt sind aus-CH2CH2-CH3 beziehungsweise -CH(CH3)2 sind geeignet. Bevorzugt werden Niotenside der vorstehenden Formel eingesetzt, bei denen R2 beziehungsweise R3 fĆ¼r einen Rest -CH3, w und x unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r Werte von 3 oder 4 und y und z unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r Werte von 1 oder 2 stehen.In addition to propylene oxide, butylene oxide is particularly suitable as the alkylene oxide unit which is present in the preferred nonionic surfactants in alternation with the ethylene oxide unit. However, other alkylene oxides in which R 2 or R 3 are selected independently of one another from ā€”CH 2 CH 2 ā€”CH 3 or ā€”CH (CH 3 ) 2 are also suitable. Nonionic surfactants of the above formula are preferably used, in which R 2 and R 3 for a radical ā€”CH 3 , w and x independently of one another stand for values of 3 or 4 and y and z independently of one another for values of 1 or 2.

Weitere bevorzugt eingesetzte nichtionische Tenside der ersten Phase sind nichtionische Tenside der allgemeinen Formel R1O(AlkO)xM(OAlk)yOR2, wobei
R1 und R2 unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r einen verzweigten oder unverzweigten, gesƤttigten oder ungesƤttigten, gegebenenfalls hydroxylierten Alkylrest mit 4 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen stehen; Alk fĆ¼r einen verzweigten oder unverzweigten Alkylrest mit 2 bis 4 Kohlenstoffatomen steht; x und y unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r Werte zwischen 1 und 70 stehen; und M fĆ¼r einen Alkylrest aus der Gruppe CH2, CHR3, CR3R4, CH2CHR3 und CHR3CHR4 steht, wobei R3 und R4 unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r einen verzweigten oder unverzweigten, gesƤttigten oder ungesƤttigten Alkylrest mit 1 bis 18 Kohlenstoffatomen stehen.
Further preferred nonionic surfactants of the first phase are nonionic surfactants of the general formula R 1 O (AlkO) x M (OAlk) y OR 2 , where
R 1 and R 2 independently of one another represent a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated, optionally hydroxylated alkyl radical having 4 to 22 carbon atoms; Alk represents a branched or unbranched alkyl radical having 2 to 4 carbon atoms; x and y independently represent values between 1 and 70; and M for an alkyl radical from the Group CH 2 , CHR 3 , CR 3 R 4 , CH 2 CHR 3 and CHR 3 CHR 4 , where R 3 and R 4 independently represent a branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated alkyl radical having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

Bevorzugt sind hierbei nichtionische Tenside der allgemeinen Formel R1-CH(OH)CH2-O(CH2CH2O)xCH2CHR(OCH2CH2)y-CH2CH(OH)-R2,
wobei R, R1 und R2 unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r einen Alkylrest oder Alkenylrest mit 6 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen; x und y unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r Werte zwischen 1 und 40 stehen.
Nonionic surfactants of the general formula R 1 -CH (OH) CH 2 -O (CH 2 CH 2 O) x CH 2 CHR (OCH 2 CH 2 ) y -CH 2 CH (OH) -R 2 are preferred,
wherein R, R 1 and R 2 independently of one another are an alkyl radical or alkenyl radical having 6 to 22 carbon atoms; x and y independently represent values between 1 and 40.

Bevorzugt sind hierbei insbesondere Verbindungen der allgemeinen Formel R1-CH(OH)CH2-O(CH2CH2O)xCH2CHR(OCH2CH2)yO-CH2CH(OH)-R2,
in denen R fĆ¼r einen linearen, gesƤttigten Alkylrest mit 8 bis 16 Kohlenstoffatomen, vorzugsweise 10 bis 14 Kohlenstoffatomen steht und n und m unabhƤngig voneinander Werte von 20 bis 30 aufweisen. Entsprechende Verbindungen kƶnnen beispielsweise durch Umsetzung von Alkyldiolen HO-CHR-CH2-OH mit Ethylenoxid erhalten werden, wobei im Anschluss eine Umsetzung mit einem Alkylepoxid zum Verschluss der freien OH-Funktionen unter Ausbildung eines Dihydroxyethers erfolgt.
Compounds of the general formula R 1 -CH (OH) CH 2 -O (CH 2 CH 2 O) x CH 2 CHR (OCH 2 CH 2 ) y O-CH 2 CH (OH) -R 2 are particularly preferred here,
in which R represents a linear, saturated alkyl radical having 8 to 16 carbon atoms, preferably 10 to 14 carbon atoms and n and m independently of one another have values from 20 to 30. Corresponding compounds can be obtained, for example, by reacting HO-CHR-CH 2 -OH alkyldiols with ethylene oxide, followed by reaction with an alkyl epoxide to block the free OH functions to form a dihydroxy ether.

Bevorzugte nichtionische Tenside sind hierbei solche der allgemeinen Formel R1-CH(OH)CH2O-(AO)w-(AO)x-(A"O)y-(A"'O)z-R2, in der

  • R1 fĆ¼r einen geradkettigen oder verzweigten, gesƤttigten oder ein- bzw. mehrfach ungesƤttigten C6-24-Alkyl- oder -Alkenylrest steht;
  • R2 fĆ¼r Wasserstoff oder einen linearen oder verzweigten Kohlenwasserstoffrest mit 2 bis 26 Kohlenstoffatomen steht;
  • A, A', A" und A''' unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r einen Rest aus der Gruppe -CH2CH2, -CH2CH2-CH2, -CH2-CH(CH3), -CH2-CH2-CH2-CH2, -CH2-CH(CH3)-CH2-, -CH2-CH(CH2-CH3) stehen,
  • w, x, y und z fĆ¼r Werte zwischen 0,5 und 120 stehen, wobei x, y und/oder z auch 0 sein kƶnnen.
Preferred nonionic surfactants are those of the general formula R 1 -CH (OH) CH 2 O- (AO) w - (AO) x - (A "O) y - (A" O) z -R 2 , in which
  • R 1 represents a straight-chain or branched, saturated or mono- or polyunsaturated C 6-24 alkyl or alkenyl radical;
  • R 2 represents hydrogen or a linear or branched hydrocarbon radical having 2 to 26 carbon atoms;
  • A, A ', A "and A""independently of one another for a radical from the group -CH 2 CH 2 , -CH 2 CH 2 -CH 2 , -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ), -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 , -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ) -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH (CH 2 -CH 3 ),
  • w, x, y and z stand for values between 0.5 and 120, where x, y and / or z can also be 0.

Durch den Zusatz der vorgenannten nichtionischen Tenside der allgemeinen Formel R1-CH(OH)CH2O-(AO)w-(A'O)x-(A"0)y-(A'''O)z-R2, nachfolgend auch als "Hydroxymischether" bezeichnet, kann Ć¼berraschenderweise die Reinigungsleistung erfindungsgemƤƟer Zubereitungen deutlich verbessert werden und zwar sowohl im Vergleich zu Tensid-freien System wie auch im Vergleich zu Systemen, die alternative nichtionischen Tenside, beispielsweise aus der Gruppe der polyalkoxylierten Fettalkohole enthalten.By adding the aforementioned nonionic surfactants of the general formula R 1 -CH (OH) CH 2 O- (AO) w - (A'O) x - (A "0) y - (A""O) z -R 2 , hereinafter also referred to as "hydroxy mixed ether", the cleaning performance of preparations according to the invention can surprisingly be significantly improved, both in comparison to a surfactant-free system and in comparison to systems which contain alternative nonionic surfactants, for example from the group of polyalkoxylated fatty alcohols.

Durch den Einsatz dieser nichtionischen Tenside mit einer oder mehreren freien Hydroxylgruppe an einem oder beiden endstƤndigen Alkylresten kann die StabilitƤt der in den erfindungsgemƤƟen Reinigungsmittelzubereitungen enthaltenen Enzyme deutlich verbessert werden.The use of these nonionic surfactants with one or more free hydroxyl groups on one or both terminal alkyl radicals can significantly improve the stability of the enzymes contained in the cleaning agent preparations according to the invention.

Bevorzugt sind insbesondere solche endgruppenverschlossenen poly(oxyalkylierten) Niotenside, die, gemƤƟ der folgenden Formel

Figure imgb0002
neben einem Rest R1, welcher fĆ¼r lineare oder verzweigte, gesƤttigte oder ungesƤttigte, aliphatische oder aromatische Kohlenwasserstoffreste mit 2 bis 30 Kohlenstoffatomen, vorzugsweise mit 4 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen steht, weiterhin einen linearen oder verzweigten, gesƤttigten oder ungesƤttigten, aliphatischen oder aromatischen Kohlenwasserstoffrest R2 mit 1 bis 30 Kohlenstoffatomen aufweisen, wobei n fĆ¼r Werte zwischen 1 und 90, vorzugsweise fĆ¼r Werte zwischen 10 und 80 und insbesondere fĆ¼r Werte zwischen 20 und 60 steht. Insbesondere bevorzugt sind Tenside der vorstehenden Formel, in denen R1 fĆ¼r C7 bis C13, n fĆ¼r eine ganze natĆ¼rliche Zahl von 16 bis 28 und R2 fĆ¼r C8 bis C12 steht.Those end group-capped poly (oxyalkylated) nonionic surfactants which, according to the following formula, are particularly preferred
Figure imgb0002
in addition to a radical R 1 , which represents linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably having 4 to 22 carbon atoms, a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radical R 2 having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, where n stands for values between 1 and 90, preferably for values between 10 and 80 and in particular for values between 20 and 60. Particularly preferred are surfactants of the above formula in which R 1 is C 7 to C 13 , n is an integer from 16 to 28 and R 2 is C 8 to C 12 .

Besonders bevorzugt sind Tenside der Formel R1O[CH2CH(CH3)O]x[CH2CH2O]yCH2CH(OH)R2, in der R1 fĆ¼r einen linearen oder verzweigten aliphatischen Kohlenwasserstoffrest mit 4 bis 18 Kohlenstoffatomen oder Mischungen hieraus steht, R2 einen linearen oder verzweigten Kohlenwasserstoffrest mit 2 bis 26 Kohlenstoffatomen oder Mischungen hieraus bezeichnet und x fĆ¼r Werte zwischen 0,5 und 1,5 sowie y fĆ¼r einen Wert von mindestens 15 steht. Zur Gruppe dieser nichtionischen Tenside zƤhlen beispielsweise die C2-26 Fettalkohol-(PO)1-(EO)15-40-2-hydroxyalkylether, insbesondere auch die C8-10 Fettalkohol-(PO)1-(EO)22-2-hydroxydecylether.Surfactants of the formula R 1 O [CH 2 CH (CH 3 ) O] x [CH 2 CH 2 O] y CH 2 CH (OH) R 2 , in which R 1 is a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon radical with 4 up to 18 carbon atoms or mixtures thereof, R 2 denotes a linear or branched hydrocarbon radical with 2 to 26 carbon atoms or mixtures thereof and x stands for values between 0.5 and 1.5 and y stands for a value of at least 15. The group of these nonionic surfactants includes, for example, the C 2-26 fatty alcohol (PO) 1 - (EO) 15-40 -2-hydroxyalkyl ethers, in particular also the C 8-10 fatty alcohol (PO) 1 - (EO) 22 -2 -hydroxydecyl ether.

Besonders bevorzugt sind weiterhin solche endgruppenverschlossenen poly(oxyalkylierten) Niotenside der Formel R1O[CH2CH2O]x[CH2CH(R3)O]yCH2CH(OH)R2,
in der R1 und R2 unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r einen linearen oder verzweigten, gesƤttigten oder ein- bzw. mehrfach ungesƤttigten Kohlenwasserstoffrest mit 2 bis 26 Kohlenstoffatomen steht, R3 unabhƤngig voneinander ausgewƤhlt ist aus -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2-CH3, -CH(CH3)2, vorzugsweise jedoch fĆ¼r -CH3 steht, und x und y unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r Werte zwischen 1 und 32 stehen, wobei Niotenside mit R3= -CH3 und Werten fĆ¼r x von 15 bis 32 und y von 0,5 und 1,5 ganz besonders bevorzugt sind.
End group-capped poly (oxyalkylated) nonionic surfactants of the formula R 1 O [CH 2 CH 2 O] x [CH 2 CH (R 3 ) O] y CH 2 CH (OH) R 2 are also particularly preferred,
in which R 1 and R 2 independently of one another represent a linear or branched, saturated or mono- or polyunsaturated hydrocarbon radical having 2 to 26 carbon atoms, R 3 is selected independently of one another from -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 -CH3, -CH (CH 3 ) 2 , but preferably stands for -CH 3 , and x and y independently of one another have values between 1 and 32, nonionic surfactants with R 3 = -CH 3 and values for x of 15 to 32 and y of 0.5 and 1.5 are very particularly preferred.

Weitere bevorzugt einsetzbare Niotenside sind die endgruppenverschlossenen poly(oxyalkylierten) Niotenside der Formel R1O[CH2CH(R3)O]x[CH2]kCH(OH)[CH2]jOR2,
in der R1 und R2 fĆ¼r lineare oder verzweigte, gesƤttigte oder ungesƤttigte, aliphatische oder aromatische Kohlenwasserstoffreste mit 1 bis 30 Kohlenstoffatomen stehen, R3 fĆ¼r H oder einen Methyl-, Ethyl-, n-Propyl-, iso-Propyl-, n-Butyl-, 2-Butyl- oder 2-Methyl-2-Butylrest steht, x fĆ¼r Werte zwischen 1 und 30, k und j fĆ¼r Werte zwischen 1 und 12, vorzugsweise zwischen 1 und 5 stehen. Wenn der Wert x > 2 ist, kann jedes R3 in der oben stehenden Formel R1O[CH2CH(R3)O]x[CH2]kCH(OH)[CH2]jOR2 unterschiedlich sein. R1 und R2 sind vorzugsweise lineare oder verzweigte, gesƤttigte oder ungesƤttigte, aliphatische oder aromatische Kohlenwasserstoffreste mit 6 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen, wobei Reste mit 8 bis 18 C-Atomen besonders bevorzugt sind. FĆ¼r den Rest R3 sind H, -CH3 oder -CH2CH3 besonders bevorzugt. Besonders bevorzugte Werte fĆ¼r x liegen im Bereich von 1 bis 20, insbesondere von 6 bis 15.
Further preferred nonionic surfactants are the end-capped poly (oxyalkylated) nonionic surfactants of the formula R 1 O [CH 2 CH (R 3 ) O] x [CH 2 ] k CH (OH) [CH 2 ] j OR 2 ,
in which R 1 and R 2 are linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, R 3 is H or one Methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, n-butyl, 2-butyl or 2-methyl-2-butyl radical, x stands for values between 1 and 30, k and j for values between 1 and 12, preferably between 1 and 5. When the value x> 2, each R 3 in the above formula R 1 O [CH 2 CH (R 3 ) O] x [CH 2 ] k CH (OH) [CH 2 ] j OR 2 may be different. R 1 and R 2 are preferably linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon radicals having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, radicals having 8 to 18 carbon atoms being particularly preferred. H, -CH 3 or -CH 2 CH 3 are particularly preferred for the radical R 3 . Particularly preferred values for x are in the range from 1 to 20, in particular from 6 to 15.

Wie vorstehend beschrieben, kann jedes R3 in der oben stehenden Formel unterschiedlich sein, falls x > 2 ist. Hierdurch kann die Alkylenoxideinheit in der eckigen Klammer variiert werden. Steht x beispielsweise fĆ¼r 3, kann der Rest R3 ausgewƤhlt werden, um Ethylenoxid- (R3= H) oder Propylenoxid- (R3= CH3) Einheiten zu bilden, die in jedweder Reihenfolge aneinandergefĆ¼gt sein kƶnnen, beispielsweise (EO)(PO)(EO), (EO)(EO)(PO), (EO)(EO)(EO), (PO)(EO)(PO), (PO)(PO)(EO) und (PO)(PO)(PO). Der Wert 3 fĆ¼r x ist hierbei beispielhaft gewƤhlt worden und kann durchaus grĆ¶ĆŸer sein, wobei die Variationsbreite mit steigenden x-Werten zunimmt und beispielsweise eine groƟe Anzahl (EO)-Gruppen, kombiniert mit einer geringen Anzahl (PO)-Gruppen einschlieƟt, oder umgekehrt.As described above, each R 3 in the above formula can be different if x> 2. This allows the alkylene oxide unit in the square brackets to be varied. For example, if x is 3, the radical R 3 can be selected to form ethylene oxide (R 3 = H) or propylene oxide (R 3 = CH 3 ) units which can be joined together in any order, for example (EO) ( PO) (EO), (EO) (EO) (PO), (EO) (EO) (EO), (PO) (EO) (PO), (PO) (PO) (EO) and (PO) ( PO) (PO). The value 3 for x has been chosen here by way of example and may well be larger, the range of variation increasing with increasing x values and including, for example, a large number (EO) groups combined with a small number (PO) groups, or vice versa .

Besonders bevorzugte endgruppenverschlossene poly(oxyalkylierte) Alkohole der oben stehenden Formel weisen Werte von k = 1 und j = 1 auf, so dass sich die vorstehende Formel zu R1O[CH2CH(R3)O]xCH2CH(OH)CH2OR2 vereinfacht. In der letztgenannten Formel sind R1, R2 und R3 wie oben definiert und x steht fĆ¼r Zahlen von 1 bis 30, vorzugsweise von 1 bis 20 und insbesondere von 6 bis 18. Besonders bevorzugt sind Tenside, bei denen die Reste R1 und R2 9 bis 14 C-Atome aufweisen, R3 fĆ¼r H steht und x Werte von 6 bis 15 annimmt. Als besonders wirkungsvoll haben sich schlieƟlich die nichtionischen Tenside der allgemeine Formel R1-CH(OH)CH2O-(AO)w-R2 erwiesen, in der

  • R1 fĆ¼r einen geradkettigen oder verzweigten, gesƤttigten oder ein- bzw. mehrfach ungesƤttigten C 6-24-Alkyl- oder -Alkenylrest steht;
  • R2 fĆ¼r einen linearen oder verzweigten Kohlenwasserstoffrest mit 2 bis 26 Kohlenstoffatomen steht;
  • A fĆ¼r einen Rest aus der Gruppe CH2CH2, CH2CH2CH2, CH2CH(CH3), vorzugsweise fĆ¼r CH2CH2 steht, und
  • w fĆ¼r Werte zwischen 1 und 120, vorzugsweise 10 bis 80, insbesondere 20 bis 40 steht.
Particularly preferred end group-capped poly (oxyalkylated) alcohols of the above formula have values of k = 1 and j = 1, so that the above formula is R 1 O [CH 2 CH (R 3 ) O] x CH 2 CH (OH ) CH 2 OR 2 simplified. In the last-mentioned formula, R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are as defined above and x stands for numbers from 1 to 30, preferably from 1 to 20 and in particular from 6 to 18. Particularly preferred are surfactants in which the radicals R 1 and R 2 has 9 to 14 C atoms, R 3 represents H and x assumes values from 6 to 15. Finally, the nonionic surfactants of the general formula R 1 -CH (OH) CH 2 O- (AO) w -R 2 have proven to be particularly effective in which
  • R 1 represents a straight-chain or branched, saturated or mono- or polyunsaturated C 6-24 alkyl or alkenyl radical;
  • R 2 represents a linear or branched hydrocarbon radical having 2 to 26 carbon atoms;
  • A is a radical from the group CH 2 CH 2 , CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 , CH 2 CH (CH 3 ), preferably CH 2 CH 2 , and
  • w stands for values between 1 and 120, preferably 10 to 80, in particular 20 to 40.

Zur Gruppe dieser nichtionischen Tenside zƤhlen beispielsweise die C4-22 Fettalkohol-(EO)10-80-2-hydroxyalkylether, insbesondere auch die C8-12 Fettalkohol-(EO)22-2-hydroxydecylether und die C4-22 Fettalkohol-(EO)40-80-2-hydroxyalkylether.The group of these nonionic surfactants includes, for example, the C 4-22 fatty alcohol (EO) 10-80 -2-hydroxyalkyl ethers, in particular also the C 8-12 fatty alcohol (EO) 22 -2-hydroxydecyl ether and the C 4-22 fatty alcohol (EO) 40-80 -2-hydroxyalkyl ether.

Bevorzugt enthƤlt die wenigstens eine erste und/oder die wenigstens eine zweite Phase mindestens ein nichtionisches Tensid, vorzugsweise ein nichtionisches Tensid aus der Gruppe der Hydroxymischether, wobei der Gewichtsanteil des nichtionischen Tensids am Gesamtgewicht der zweiten Phase vorzugsweise 0,5 Gew.-% bis 30 Gew.-%, bevorzugt 5 Gew.-% bis 25 Gew.-% und insbesondere 10 Gew.-% bis 20 Gew.-% betrƤgt.The at least one first and / or the at least one second phase preferably contains at least one nonionic surfactant, preferably a nonionic surfactant from the group of the hydroxy mixed ethers, the weight fraction of the nonionic surfactant in the total weight of the second phase preferably being 0.5% by weight to 30% % By weight, preferably 5% by weight to 25% by weight and in particular 10% by weight to 20% by weight.

In einer weiteren bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform ist das nichtionische Tensid der ersten und/oder zweiten Phase ausgewƤhlt aus nichtionischen Tensiden der allgemeinen Formel R1-O(CH2CH2O)xCR3R4(OCH2CH2)yO-R2, in der R1 und R2 unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r einen Alkylrest oder Alkenylrest mit 4 bis 22 Kohlenstoffatomen; R3 und R4 unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r H oder fĆ¼r einen Alkylrest oder Alkenylrest mit 1 bis 18 Kohlenstoffatomen und x und y unabhƤngig voneinander fĆ¼r Werte zwischen 1 und 40 stehen.In a further preferred embodiment, the nonionic surfactant of the first and / or second phase is selected from nonionic surfactants of the general formula R 1 -O (CH 2 CH 2 O) x CR 3 R 4 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) y OR 2 , in R 1 and R 2 independently of one another are an alkyl radical or alkenyl radical having 4 to 22 carbon atoms; R 3 and R 4 are independently H or an alkyl or alkenyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and x and y are independently values between 1 and 40.

Bevorzugt sind hierbei insbesondere Verbindungen der allgemeinen Formel R1-O(CH2CH2O)xCR3R4(OCH2CH2)yO-R2, in der R3 und R4 fĆ¼r H stehen und die Indices x und y unabhƤngig voneinander Werte von 1 bis 40, vorzugsweise von 1 bis 15 annehmen.Compounds of the general formula R 1 -O (CH 2 CH 2 O) x CR 3 R 4 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) y OR 2 in which R 3 and R 4 are H and the indices x and y are preferred independently of one another assume values from 1 to 40, preferably from 1 to 15.

Besonders bevorzugt sind insbesondere Verbindungen der allgemeinen Formel R1-O(CH2CH2O)xCR3R4(OCH2CH2)yO-R2, in der die Reste R1 und R2 unabhƤngig voneinander gesƤttigte Alkylreste mit 4 bis 14 Kohlenstoffatome darstellen und die Indices x und y unabhƤngig voneinander Werte von 1 bis 15 und insbesondere von 1 bis 12 annehmen.Particularly preferred are particularly compounds of the general formula R 1 -O (CH 2 CH 2 O) Ɨ CR 3 R 4 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) y OR 2 , in which the radicals R 1 and R 2 independently of one another are saturated alkyl radicals with 4 to Represent 14 carbon atoms and the indices x and y independently assume values from 1 to 15 and in particular from 1 to 12.

Weiterhin bevorzugt sind solche Verbindungen der allgemeinen Formel R1-O(CH2CH2O)xCR3R4(OCH2CH2)yO-R2, in der einer der Reste R1 und R2 verzweigt ist. Ganz besonders bevorzugt sind Verbindungen der allgemeinen Formel R1-O(CH2CH2O)xCR3R4(OCH2CH2)yO-R2, in der die Indices x und y unabhƤngig voneinander Werte von 8 bis 12 annehmen.Also preferred are those compounds of the general formula R 1 -O (CH 2 CH 2 O) Ɨ CR 3 R 4 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) y OR 2 in which one of the radicals R 1 and R 2 is branched. Compounds of the general formula R 1 -O (CH 2 CH 2 O) Ɨ CR 3 R 4 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) y OR 2 , in which the indices x and y independently assume values from 8 to 12, are very particularly preferred.

Die angegebenen C-KettenlƤngen sowie Ethoxylierungsgrade beziehungsweise Alkoxylierungsgrade der Niotenside stellen statistische Mittelwerte dar, die fĆ¼r ein spezielles Produkt eine ganze oder eine gebrochene Zahl sein kƶnnen. Aufgrund der Herstellverfahren bestehen Handelsprodukte der genannten Formeln zumeist nicht aus einem individuellen Vertreter, sondern aus Gemischen, wodurch sich sowohl fĆ¼r die C-KettenlƤngen als auch fĆ¼r die Ethoxylierungsgrade beziehungsweise Alkoxylierungsgrade Mittelwerte und daraus folgend gebrochene Zahlen ergeben kƶnnen.The specified C chain lengths and degrees of ethoxylation or degrees of alkoxylation of the nonionic surfactants represent statistical mean values which can be an integer or a fraction for a specific product. Due to the manufacturing process, commercial products of the formulas mentioned usually do not consist of an individual representative, but of mixtures, which can result in mean values and fractional numbers both for the C chain lengths and for the degrees of ethoxylation or degrees of alkoxylation.

SelbstverstƤndlich kƶnnen die vorgenannten nichtionischen Tenside (Niotenside) nicht nur als Einzelsubstanzen, sondern auch als Tensidgemische aus zwei, drei, vier oder mehr Tensiden eingesetzt werden.Of course, the aforementioned nonionic surfactants (nonionic surfactants) can be used not only as individual substances, but also as surfactant mixtures of two, three, four or more surfactants.

Insbesondere bevorzugt sind in der wenigstens einen ersten Phase solche nichtionische Tenside, die einen Schmelzpunkt oberhalb Raumtemperatur aufweisen. Nichtionische(s) Tensid(e) mit einem Schmelzpunkt oberhalb von 20Ā°C, vorzugsweise oberhalb von 25Ā°C, besonders bevorzugt zwischen 25 und 60Ā°C und insbesondere zwischen 26,6 und 43,3Ā°C, ist/sind besonders bevorzugt.Particularly preferred in the at least one first phase are those nonionic surfactants which have a melting point above room temperature. Nonionic surfactant (s) with a melting point above 20 Ā° C., preferably above 25 Ā° C., particularly preferably between 25 and 60 Ā° C. and in particular between 26.6 and 43.3 Ā° C. is / are particularly preferred .

Geeignete nichtionische Tenside, die Schmelz- beziehungsweise Erweichungspunkte im genannten Temperaturbereich aufweisen, sind beispielsweise schwachschƤumende nichtionische Tenside, die bei Raumtemperatur fest oder hochviskos sein kƶnnen. Werden Niotenside eingesetzt, die bei Raumtemperatur hochviskos sind, so ist bevorzugt, dass diese eine ViskositƤt oberhalb von 20 PaĀ·s, vorzugsweise oberhalb von 35 PaĀ·s und insbesondere oberhalb 40 PaĀ·s aufweisen. Auch Niotenside, die bei Raumtemperatur wachsartige Konsistenz besitzen, sind bevorzugt.Suitable nonionic surfactants which have melting or softening points in the temperature range mentioned are, for example, low-foaming nonionic surfactants which can be solid or highly viscous at room temperature. If nonionic surfactants are used which are highly viscous at room temperature, it is preferred that they have a viscosity above 20 Pa Ā· s, preferably above 35 Pa Ā· s and in particular above 40 Pa Ā· s. Nonionic surfactants that have a waxy consistency at room temperature are also preferred.

Das bei Raumtemperatur feste Niotensid besitzt vorzugsweise Propylenoxideinheiten (PO) im MolekĆ¼l. Vorzugsweise machen solche PO-Einheiten bis zu 25 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt bis zu 20 Gew.-% und insbesondere bis zu 15 Gew.-% der gesamten Molmasse des nichtionischen Tensids aus. Besonders bevorzugte nichtionische Tenside sind ethoxylierte Monohydroxyalkanole oder Alkylphenole, die zusƤtzlich Polyoxyethylen-Polyoxypropylen Blockcopolymereinheiten aufweisen. Der Alkohol- beziehungsweise Alkylphenolteil solcher NiotensidmolekĆ¼le macht dabei vorzugsweise mehr als 30 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt mehr als 50 Gew.-% und insbesondere mehr als 70 Gew.-% der gesamten Molmasse solcher Niotenside aus. Bevorzugte Mittel sind dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass sie ethoxylierte und propoxylierte Niotenside enthalten, bei denen die Propylenoxideinheiten im MolekĆ¼l bis zu 25 Gew.-%, bevorzugt bis zu 20 Gew.-% und insbesondere bis zu 15 Gew.-% der gesamten Molmasse des nichtionischen Tensids ausmachen.The nonionic surfactant which is solid at room temperature preferably has propylene oxide units (PO) in the molecule. Such PO units preferably make up up to 25% by weight, particularly preferably up to 20% by weight and in particular up to 15% by weight of the total molar mass of the nonionic surfactant. Particularly preferred nonionic surfactants are ethoxylated monohydroxyalkanols or alkylphenols which additionally have polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene block copolymer units. The alcohol or alkylphenol part of such nonionic surfactant molecules preferably makes up more than 30% by weight, particularly preferably more than 50% by weight and in particular more than 70% by weight of the total molar mass of such nonionic surfactants. Preferred agents are characterized in that they contain ethoxylated and propoxylated nonionic surfactants in which the propylene oxide units in the molecule up to 25% by weight, preferably up to 20% by weight and in particular up to 15% by weight, of the total molecular weight of the nonionic Identify surfactants.

Weitere besonders bevorzugt in der ersten Phase einzusetzende Niotenside mit Schmelzpunkten oberhalb Raumtemperatur enthalten 40 bis 70% eines Polyoxypropylen/Polyoxyethylen/Polyoxypropylen-Blockpolymerblends, der 75 Gew.-% eines umgekehrten Block-Copolymers von Polyoxyethylen und Polyoxypropylen mit 17 Mol Ethylenoxid und 44 Mol Propylenoxid und 25 Gew.-% eines Block-Copolymers von Polyoxyethylen und Polyoxypropylen, initiiert mit Trimethylolpropan und enthaltend 24 Mol Ethylenoxid und 99 Mol Propylenoxid pro Mol Trimethylolpropan, enthƤlt.Further nonionic surfactants with melting points above room temperature which are particularly preferably used in the first phase contain 40 to 70% of a polyoxypropylene / polyoxyethylene / polyoxypropylene block polymer blend which contains 75% by weight of an inverted block copolymer of polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene with 17 mol of ethylene oxide and 44 mol of propylene oxide and 25% by weight of a block copolymer of polyoxyethylene and polyoxypropylene initiated with trimethylolpropane and containing 24 moles of ethylene oxide and 99 moles of propylene oxide per mole of trimethylolpropane.

Der Gewichtsanteil des nichtionischen Tensids am Gesamtgewicht der ersten Phase betrƤgt in einer bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform von 0,1 bis 20 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt von 0,5 bis 15 Gew.-%, insbesondere von 2,5 bis 10 Gew.-%.In a preferred embodiment, the weight fraction of the nonionic surfactant in the total weight of the first phase is from 0.1 to 20% by weight, particularly preferably from 0.5 to 15% by weight, in particular from 2.5 to 10% by weight .

Als anionische Tenside eignen sich in den GeschirrspĆ¼lmitteln alle anionischen oberflƤchenaktiven Stoffe. Diese sind gekennzeichnet durch eine wasserlƶslich machende, anionische Gruppe wie z. B. eine Carboxylat-, Sulfat-, Sulfonat- oder Phosphat-Gruppe und eine lipophile Alkylgruppe mit etwa 8 bis 30 C-Atomen. ZusƤtzlich kƶnnen im MolekĆ¼l Glykol- oder Polyglykolether-Gruppen, Ester-, Ether- und Amidgruppen sowie Hydroxylgruppen enthalten sein. Geeignete anionische Tenside liegen vorzugsweise in Form der Natrium-, Kalium- und Ammonium- sowie der Mono-, Di- und Trialkanolammoniumsalze mit 2 bis 4 C-Atomen in der Alkanolgruppe vor, aber auch Zink, Mangan(II), Magnesium, Calcium oder Mischungen hieraus kƶnnen als Gegenionen dienen.All anionic surface-active substances are suitable as anionic surfactants in dishwashing detergents. These are characterized by a water-solubilizing, anionic group such as. B. a carboxylate, sulfate, sulfonate or phosphate group and a lipophilic alkyl group with about 8 to 30 carbon atoms. In addition, glycol or polyglycol ether groups, ester, ether and amide groups and hydroxyl groups can be contained in the molecule. Suitable anionic surfactants are preferably in the form of the sodium, potassium and ammonium as well as the mono-, di- and trialkanolammonium salts with 2 to 4 carbon atoms in the alkanol group, but also zinc, manganese (II), magnesium, calcium or Mixtures of these can serve as counterions.

Bevorzugte anionische Tenside sind Alkylsulfate, Alkylpolyglykolethersulfate und EthercarbonsƤuren mit 10 bis 18 C-Atomen in der Alkylgruppe und bis zu 12 Glykolethergruppen im MolekĆ¼l.Preferred anionic surfactants are alkyl sulfates, alkyl polyglycol ether sulfates and ether carboxylic acids with 10 to 18 carbon atoms in the alkyl group and up to 12 glycol ether groups in the molecule.

An Stelle der genannten Tenside oder in Verbindung mit ihnen kƶnnen auch kationische und/oder amphotere Tenside, wie Betaine oder quartƤre Ammoniumverbindungen, eingesetzt werden. Es ist allerdings bevorzugt, dass keine kationischen und/oder amphoteren Tenside eingesetzt werden.Instead of the surfactants mentioned or in combination with them, cationic and / or amphoteric surfactants such as betaines or quaternary ammonium compounds can also be used. However, it is preferred that no cationic and / or amphoteric surfactants are used.

Tenside beeinflussen die OpazitƤt der zweiten Phase. In einer ebenso bevorzugten, anderen AusfĆ¼hrungsform ist die zweite Phase daher frei von Tensiden, insbesondere von nichtionischen Tensiden.Surfactants affect the opacity of the second phase. In another preferred embodiment, the second phase is therefore free of surfactants, in particular nonionic surfactants.

Bevorzugte erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel sind weiterhin dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass sie in der wenigstens einen ersten und/oder der wenigstens einen zweiten Phase, insbesondere in der ersten Phase, weniger als 1,0 Gew.-% und insbesondere kein anionisches Tensid enthalten, da der Zusatz anionischer Tenside sich im Hinblick auf die Phaseneigenschaften, insbesondere deren HƤrte, FriabilitƤt (Abriebverhalten) und NachhƤrteverhalten als nachteilig erwiesen hat.Preferred washing or cleaning agents according to the invention are further characterized in that they contain less than 1.0% by weight and in particular no anionic surfactant in the at least one first and / or the at least one second phase, in particular in the first phase, since The addition of anionic surfactants has proven to be disadvantageous with regard to the phase properties, in particular their hardness, friability (abrasion behavior) and post-curing behavior.

Stoffe, die auch als Inhaltsstoffe von kosmetischen Mitteln dienen, werden nachfolgend gegebenenfalls gemƤƟ der International Nomenclature Cosmetic Ingredient (INCI) Nomenklatur bezeichnet. Chemische Verbindungen tragen eine INCI Bezeichnung in englischer Sprache. Die INCI Bezeichnung sind dem " International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, 7th Edition (1997)" zu entnehmen, das von The Cosmetic, Toiletry and Fragrance Association (CTFA), Washington D.C. (USA ) herausgegeben wird. Die Angabe CAS bedeutet, dass es sich bei der nachfolgenden Zahlenfolge um eine Bezeichnung des Chemical Abstracts Service handelt.Substances that also serve as ingredients of cosmetic products are referred to below in accordance with the International Nomenclature Cosmetic Ingredient (INCI) nomenclature. Chemical compounds have an INCI name in English. The INCI designation are the " International Cosmetic Ingredient Dictionary and Handbook, 7th Edition (1997) "by The Cosmetic, Toiletry and Fragrance Association (CTFA), Washington DC (USA ) is published. The statement CAS means that the following sequence of numbers is a designation of the Chemical Abstracts Service.

Neben den Tensiden kann die wenigstens einen zweite Phase weiterhin Zucker aufweisen. Zucker umfassen erfindungsgemƤƟ Monosccharide, Disaccharide sowie Oligosaccharide. Vorzugsweise umfasst die zweite Phase Disaccharide, insbesondere Saccharose. Der Anteil an Saccharose betrƤgt 0 Gew.-% bis 30 Gew.-%, insbesondere 5 Gew.-% bis 25 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt 10 Gew.-% bis 20 Gew.-%, bezogen auf das Gewicht der zweiten Phase. In hƶheren Mengen lƶst dich der Zucker nicht vollstƤndig in der zweiten Phase und fĆ¼hrt zu einer TrĆ¼bung derselben. Durch den Einsatz von Zucker, insbesondere in einem Anteil von 10 Gew.-5 bis 15 Gew.-% wird die Feuchteentwicklung reduziert und damit die Haftung zur wenigstens einen ersten Phase verbessert.In addition to the surfactants, the at least one second phase can also have sugar. According to the invention, sugars include monosccharides, disaccharides and oligosaccharides. Preferably the second phase comprises disaccharides, in particular sucrose. The proportion of sucrose is 0% by weight to 30% by weight, in particular 5% by weight to 25% by weight, particularly preferably 10% by weight to 20% by weight, based on the weight of the second Phase. In higher amounts, the sugar does not completely dissolve you in the second phase and leads to clouding of the same. The use of sugar, in particular in a proportion of 10% by weight to 5 to 15% by weight, reduces the development of moisture and thus improves the adhesion to at least one first phase.

Der Einsatz von Buildersubstanzen (GerĆ¼ststoffen) wie Silikaten, Aluminiumsilikaten (insbesondere Zeolithen), Salze organischer Di- und PolycarbonsƤuren sowie Mischungen dieser Stoffe, vorzugsweise wasserlƶslicher Buildersubstanzen, kann von Vorteil sein.The use of builder substances (builders) such as silicates, aluminum silicates (especially zeolites), salts of organic di- and polycarboxylic acids and mixtures of these substances, preferably water-soluble builder substances, can be advantageous.

In einer erfindungsgemƤƟ bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform wird auf den Einsatz von Phosphaten (auch Polyphosphaten) weitgehend oder vollstƤndig verzichtet. Das Mittel enthƤlt in dieser AusfĆ¼hrungsform vorzugsweise weniger als 5 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt weniger als 3 Gew.-%, insbesondere weniger als 1 Gew.-% Phosphat(e). Besonders bevorzugt ist das Mittel in dieser AusfĆ¼hrungsform vƶllig phosphatfrei, d.h. die Mittel enthalten weniger als 0,1 Gew.-% Phosphat(e).In an embodiment preferred according to the invention, the use of phosphates (also polyphosphates) is largely or completely dispensed with. In this embodiment, the agent preferably contains less than 5% by weight, particularly preferably less than 3% by weight, in particular less than 1% by weight of phosphate (s). In this embodiment, the agent is particularly preferably completely phosphate-free, i.e. the agents contain less than 0.1% by weight of phosphate (s).

Zu den GerĆ¼ststoffen zƤhlen insbesondere Carbonate, Citrate, Phosphonate, organische GerĆ¼ststoffe und Silikate. Der Gewichtsanteil der gesamten GerĆ¼ststoffe am Gesamtgewicht erfindungsgemƤƟer Mittel betrƤgt vorzugsweise 15 bis 80 Gew.-% und insbesondere 20 bis 70 Gew.-%.The builders include, in particular, carbonates, citrates, phosphonates, organic builders and silicates. The weight fraction of the total builders in the total weight of agents according to the invention is preferably 15 to 80% by weight and in particular 20 to 70% by weight.

ErfindungsgemƤƟ geeignete organische GerĆ¼ststoffe sind beispielsweise die in Form ihrer Natriumsalze einsetzbaren PolycarbonsƤuren (Polycarboxylate), wobei unter PolycarbonsƤuren solche CarbonsƤuren verstanden werden, die mehr als eine, insbesondere zwei bis acht SƤurefunktionen, bevorzugt zwei bis sechs, insbesondere zwei, drei, vier oder fĆ¼nf SƤurefunktionen im gesamten MolekĆ¼l tragen. Bevorzugt sind als PolycarbonsƤuren somit DicarbonsƤuren, TricarbonsƤuren TetracarbonsƤuren und PentacarbonsƤuren, insbesondere Di-, Tri- und TetracarbonsƤuren. Dabei kƶnnen die PolycarbonsƤuren noch weitere funktionelle Gruppen, wie beispielsweise Hydroxyl- oder Aminogruppen, tragen. Beispielsweise sind dies CitronensƤure, AdipinsƤure, BernsteinsƤure, GlutarsƤure, ƄpfelsƤure, WeinsƤure, MaleinsƤure, FumarsƤure, ZuckersƤuren (bevorzugt AldarsƤuren, beispielsweise GalactarsƤure und GlucarsƤure), AminocarbonsƤuren, insbesondere AminodicarbonsƤuren, AminotricarbonsƤuren, AminotetracarbonsƤuren wie beispielsweise NitrilotriessigsƤure (NTA), Glutamin-N,N-diessigsƤure (auch als N,N-Bis(carboxymethyl)-L-glutaminsƤure oder GLDA bezeichnet), MethylglycindiessigsƤure (MGDA) und deren Derivate sowie Mischungen aus diesen. Bevorzugte Salze sind die Salze der PolycarbonsƤuren wie CitronensƤure, AdipinsƤure, BernsteinsƤure, GlutarsƤure, WeinsƤure, GLDA, MGDA und Mischungen aus diesen.Organic builders suitable according to the invention are, for example, the polycarboxylic acids (polycarboxylates) which can be used in the form of their sodium salts, polycarboxylic acids being understood to mean those carboxylic acids which have more than one, in particular two to eight, acid functions, preferably two to six, in particular two, three, four or five acid functions carry throughout the molecule. Preferred polycarboxylic acids are therefore dicarboxylic acids, tricarboxylic acids, tetracarboxylic acids and pentacarboxylic acids, in particular di-, tri- and tetracarboxylic acids. The polycarboxylic acids can also carry further functional groups, such as hydroxyl or amino groups. For example, these are citric acid, adipic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, sugar acids (preferably aldaric acids, for example galactaric acid and glucaric acid), aminocarboxylic acids, in particular aminodicarboxylic acids, aminotricarboxylic acids, aminotetracarboxylic acids, such as, for example, nitramino-nitric acids, such as, for example, nitramino-triacids, such as, for example, nitraminotriestric acids, such as, for example, nitraminotriestric acids, such as, for example, nitraminotriestric acids, such as, for example, nitraminotriestric acids, such as, for example, nitraminotriestric acids -diacetic acid (also known as N, N-bis (carboxymethyl) -L-glutamic acid or GLDA), methylglycinediacetic acid (MGDA) and their derivatives and mixtures thereof. Preferred Salts are the salts of polycarboxylic acids such as citric acid, adipic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, tartaric acid, GLDA, MGDA and mixtures of these.

Weiterhin geeignet als organische GerĆ¼ststoffe sind polymere Polycarboxylate (organische Polymere mit einer Vielzahl, an (insbesondere grĆ¶ĆŸer zehn) Carboxylatfunktionen im MakromolekĆ¼l), Polyaspartate, Polyacetale und Dextrine.Also suitable as organic builders are polymeric polycarboxylates (organic polymers with a large number of (in particular greater than ten) carboxylate functions in the macromolecule), polyaspartates, polyacetals and dextrins.

Die freien SƤuren besitzen neben ihrer Builderwirkung typischerweise auch die Eigenschaft einer SƤuerungskomponente. Insbesondere sind hierbei CitronensƤure, BernsteinsƤure, GlutarsƤure, AdipinsƤure, GluconsƤure und beliebige Mischungen aus diesen zu nennen.In addition to their builder action, the free acids typically also have the property of an acidifying component. Citric acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, gluconic acid and any mixtures thereof can be mentioned in particular.

Besonders bevorzugte erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, insbesondere GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, bevorzugt maschinelle GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, enthalten als einen ihrer wesentlichen GerĆ¼ststoffe ein oder mehrere Salze der CitronensƤure, also Citrate. Diese sind vorzugsweise in einem Anteil von 2 bis 40 Gew.-%, insbesondere von 5 bis 30 Gew.-%, besonders von 7 bis 28 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt 10 bis 25 Gew.-%, ganz besonders bevorzugt 15 bis 20 Gew.-% enthalten, jeweils bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Mittels.Particularly preferred washing or cleaning agents according to the invention, in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents, contain one or more salts of citric acid, ie citrates, as one of their essential builders. These are preferably in a proportion of 2 to 40% by weight, in particular 5 to 30% by weight, particularly 7 to 28% by weight, particularly preferably 10 to 25% by weight, very particularly preferably 15 to Contain 20 wt .-%, each based on the total weight of the agent.

Besonders bevorzugt ist ebenfalls der Einsatz von Carbonat(en) und/oder Hydrogencarbonat(en), vorzugsweise Alkalicarbonat(en), besonders bevorzugt Natriumcarbonat (Soda), in Mengen von 2 bis 50 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise von 4 bis 40 Gew.-% und insbesondere von 10 bis 30 Gew.-%, ganz besonders bevorzugt 10 bis 24 Gew.-%, jeweils bezogen auf das Gewicht des Mittels.Also particularly preferred is the use of carbonate (s) and / or bicarbonate (s), preferably alkali carbonate (s), particularly preferably sodium carbonate (soda), in amounts of 2 to 50% by weight, preferably 4 to 40% by weight. -% and in particular from 10 to 30 wt .-%, very particularly preferably 10 to 24 wt .-%, each based on the weight of the agent.

Besonders bevorzugte erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, insbesondere GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, bevorzugt maschinelle GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, sind dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass sie mindestens zwei GerĆ¼ststoffe aus der Gruppe der Silikate, Phosphonate, Carbonate, AminocarbonsƤuren und Citrate enthalten, wobei der Gewichtsanteil dieser GerĆ¼ststoffe, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des erfindungsgemƤƟen Reinigungsmittels, bevorzugt 5 bis 70 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise 15 bis 60 Gew.- % und insbesondere 20 bis 50 Gew.-% betrƤgt. Die Kombination von zwei oder mehr GerĆ¼ststoffen aus der oben genannten Gruppe hat sich fĆ¼r die Reinigungs- und KlarspĆ¼lleistung erfindungsgemƤƟer Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, insbesondere GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, bevorzugt maschinelle GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, als vorteilhaft erwiesen. Ɯber die hier erwƤhnten GerĆ¼ststoffe hinaus kƶnnen noch ein oder mehrere andere GerĆ¼ststoffe zusƤtzlich enthalten sein.Particularly preferred washing or cleaning agents according to the invention, in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents, are characterized in that they contain at least two builders from the group of the silicates, phosphonates, carbonates, aminocarboxylic acids and citrates, the weight fraction of these builders based on the total weight of the cleaning agent according to the invention, preferably 5 to 70 wt .-%, preferably 15 to 60 wt .-% and in particular 20 to 50 wt .-%. The combination of two or more builders from the group mentioned above has proven to be advantageous for the cleaning and rinsing performance of detergents or cleaning agents according to the invention, in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents. In addition to the builders mentioned here, one or more other builders may also be included.

Bevorzugte Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, insbesondere GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, bevorzugt maschinelle GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, sind durch eine GerĆ¼ststoffkombination aus Citrat und Carbonat und/oder Hydrogencarbonat gekennzeichnet. In einer erfindungsgemƤƟ ganz besonders bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform wird eine Mischung aus Carbonat und Citrat eingesetzt, wobei die Menge an Carbonat vorzugsweise von 5 bis 40 Gew.-%, insbesondere 10 bis 35 Gew.-%, ganz besonders bevorzugt 15 bis 30 Gew.-% und die Menge an Citrat vorzugsweise von 5 bis 35 Gew.-%, insbesondere 10 bis 25 Gew.-%, ganz besonders bevorzugt 15 bis 20 Gew.-%, jeweils bezogen auf die Gesamtmenge des Reinigungsmittels, betrƤgt, wobei die Gesamtmenge dieser beiden GerĆ¼ststoffe vorzugsweise 20 bis 65 Gew.-%, insbesondere 25 bis 60 Gew.-%, bevorzugt 30 bis 50 Gew.-%, betrƤgt. DarĆ¼ber hinaus kƶnnen noch ein oder mehrere weitere GerĆ¼ststoffe zusƤtzlich enthalten sein.Preferred washing or cleaning agents, in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents, are characterized by a combination of builders of citrate and carbonate and / or bicarbonate. In one according to the invention very particularly In a preferred embodiment, a mixture of carbonate and citrate is used, the amount of carbonate preferably being from 5 to 40% by weight, in particular 10 to 35% by weight, very particularly preferably 15 to 30% by weight, and the amount of citrate is preferably from 5 to 35% by weight, in particular 10 to 25% by weight, very particularly preferably 15 to 20% by weight, in each case based on the total amount of the cleaning agent, the total amount of these two builders preferably being 20 to 65 % By weight, in particular 25 to 60% by weight, preferably 30 to 50% by weight. In addition, one or more other builders can also be included.

Die erfindungsgemƤƟen Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, insbesondere GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, bevorzugt maschinelle GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, kƶnnen als weiteren GerĆ¼ststoff insbesondere Phosphonate enthalten. Als Phosphonat-Verbindung wird vorzugsweise ein Hydroxyalkan- und/oder Aminoalkanphosphonat eingesetzt. Unter den Hydroxyalkanphosphonaten ist das 1-Hydroxyethan-1,1-diphosphonat (HEDP) von besonderer Bedeutung. Als Aminoalkanphosphonate kommen vorzugsweise Ethylendiamintetramethylenphosphonat (EDTMP), Diethylentriaminpentamethylenphosphonat (DTPMP) sowie deren hƶhere Homologe in Frage. Phosphonate sind in erfindungsgemƤƟen Mitteln vorzugsweise in Mengen von 0,1 bis 10 Gew.-%, insbesondere in Mengen von 0,5 bis 8 Gew.-%, ganz besonders bevorzugt von 2,5 bis 7,5 Gew.-%, jeweils bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Mittels, enthalten.The washing or cleaning agents according to the invention, in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents, can contain, in particular, phosphonates as further builders. A hydroxyalkane and / or aminoalkane phosphonate is preferably used as the phosphonate compound. Of the hydroxyalkane phosphonates, 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonate (HEDP) is of particular importance. Preferred aminoalkane phosphonates are ethylenediaminetetramethylenephosphonate (EDTMP), diethylenetriaminepentamethylenephosphonate (DTPMP) and their higher homologues. Phosphonates in agents according to the invention are preferably in amounts of 0.1 to 10% by weight, in particular in amounts of 0.5 to 8% by weight, very particularly preferably 2.5 to 7.5% by weight based on the total weight of the agent.

Besonders bevorzugt ist der kombinierte Einsatz von Citrat, (Hydrogen-)Carbonat und Phosphonat. Diese kƶnnen in den oben genannten Mengen eingesetzt werden. Insbesondere werden bei dieser Kombination Mengen von, jeweils bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Mittels, 10 bis 25 Gew.-% Citrat, 10 bis 30 Gew.-% Carbonat (oder Hydrogencarbonat), sowie 2,5 bis 7,5 Gew.-% Phosphonat eingesetzt.The combined use of citrate, (hydrogen) carbonate and phosphonate is particularly preferred. These can be used in the amounts mentioned above. In particular, in this combination, amounts of 10 to 25% by weight citrate, 10 to 30% by weight carbonate (or bicarbonate), and 2.5 to 7.5% by weight, based in each case on the total weight of the composition. Phosphonate used.

Weitere besonders bevorzugte Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, insbesondere GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, bevorzugt maschinelle GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, sind dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass sie neben Citrat und (Hydrogen-) Carbonat sowie ggf. Phosphonat mindestens einen weiteren phosphorfreien GerĆ¼ststoff enthalten. Insbesondere ist dieser ausgewƤhlt aus den AminocarbonsƤuren, wobei der weitere phosphorfreie GerĆ¼ststoff vorzugsweise ausgewƤhlt ist aus MethylglycindiessigsƤure (MGDA), GlutaminsƤurediacetat (GLDA), AsparaginsƤurediacetat (ASDA), Hydroxyethyliminodiacetat (HEIDA), Iminodisuccinat (IDS) und Ethylendiamindisuccinat (EDDS), besonders bevorzugt aus MGDA oder GLDA. Eine besonders bevorzugte Kombination ist beispielsweise Citrat, (Hydrogen-)Carbonat und MGDA sowie ggf. Phosphonat.Further particularly preferred washing or cleaning agents, in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents, are characterized in that, in addition to citrate and (hydrogen) carbonate and optionally phosphonate, they contain at least one further phosphorus-free builder. In particular, this is selected from the aminocarboxylic acids, the further phosphorus-free builder preferably being selected from methylglycinediacetic acid (MGDA), glutamic acid diacetate (GLDA), aspartic acid diacetate (ASDA), hydroxyethyliminodiacetate (HEIDA), iminodisuccinate (IDS) and ethylenediamine disuccinate, particularly preferably from EDDS MGDA or GLDA. A particularly preferred combination is, for example, citrate, (hydrogen) carbonate and MGDA and, if appropriate, phosphonate.

Der Gew.-%-Anteil des weiteren phosphorfreien GerĆ¼ststoffs, insbesondere des MGDA und/oder GLDA, betrƤgt vorzugsweise 0 bis 40 Gew.-%, insbesondere 5 bis 30 Gew.-%, vor allem 7 bis 25 Gew.-%. Besonders bevorzugt ist der Einsatz von MGDA bzw. GLDA, insbesondere MGDA, als Granulat. Von Vorteil sind dabei solche MGDA-Granulate, die mƶglichst wenig Wasser enthalten und/oder eine im Vergleich zum nicht granulierten Pulver geringere HygroskopizitƤt (Wasseraufnahme bei 25 Ā°C, Normaldruck) aufweisen. Die Kombination von mindestens drei, insbesondere mindestens vier GerĆ¼ststoffen aus der oben genannten Gruppe hat sich fĆ¼r die Reinigungs- und KlarspĆ¼lleistung erfindungsgemƤƟer Reinigungsmittel, insbesondere GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, bevorzugt maschinelle GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, als vorteilhaft erwiesen. Daneben kƶnnen noch weitere GerĆ¼ststoffe enthalten sein.The percentage by weight of the further phosphorus-free builder, in particular the MGDA and / or GLDA, is preferably 0 to 40% by weight, in particular 5 to 30% by weight, especially 7 to 25 % By weight. The use of MGDA or GLDA, in particular MGDA, as granules is particularly preferred. MGDA granules which contain as little water as possible and / or have a lower hygroscopicity (water absorption at 25 Ā° C., normal pressure) compared to the non-granulated powder are advantageous. The combination of at least three, in particular at least four builders from the group mentioned above has proven to be advantageous for the cleaning and rinsing performance of cleaning agents according to the invention, in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents. It can also contain other builders.

Als organische GerĆ¼ststoffe sind weiterhin polymere Polycarboxylate geeignet, dies sind beispielsweise die Alkalimetallsalze der PolyacrylsƤure oder der PolymethacrylsƤure, beispielsweise solche mit einer relativen MolekĆ¼lmasse von 500 bis 70000 g/mol. Geeignete Polymere sind insbesondere Polyacrylate, die bevorzugt eine MolekĆ¼lmasse von 1000 bis 20000 g/mol aufweisen. Aufgrund ihrer Ć¼berlegenen Lƶslichkeit kƶnnen aus dieser Gruppe wiederum die kurzkettigen Polyacrylate, die Molmassen von 1100 bis 10000 g/mol, und besonders bevorzugt von 1200 bis 5000 g/mol, aufweisen, bevorzugt sein.Polymeric polycarboxylates are also suitable as organic builders, for example the alkali metal salts of polyacrylic acid or polymethacrylic acid, for example those with a relative molecular weight of 500 to 70,000 g / mol. Suitable polymers are, in particular, polyacrylates, which preferably have a molecular weight of 1000 to 20,000 g / mol. Because of their superior solubility, the short-chain polyacrylates with molecular weights from 1100 to 10000 g / mol, and particularly preferably from 1200 to 5000 g / mol, can in turn be preferred from this group.

Der Gehalt der erfindungsgemƤƟen Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, insbesondere GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, bevorzugt maschinelle GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, an (homo)polymeren Polycarboxylaten betrƤgt vorzugsweise 0,5 bis 20 Gew.-%, bevorzugt 2 bis 15 Gew.-% und insbesondere 4 bis 10 Gew.-%.The content of (homo) polymeric polycarboxylates in the washing or cleaning agents according to the invention, in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents, is preferably 0.5 to 20% by weight, preferably 2 to 15% by weight and in particular 4 to 10% by weight. %.

ErfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, insbesondere GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, bevorzugt maschinelle GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, kƶnnen als GerĆ¼ststoff weiterhin kristalline schichtfƶrmige Silikate der allgemeinen Formel NaMSixO2x+1 Ā· y H2O, worin M Natrium oder Wasserstoff darstellt, x eine Zahl von 1,9 bis 22, vorzugsweise von 1,9 bis 4, wobei besonders bevorzugte Werte fĆ¼r x 2, 3 oder 4 sind, und y fĆ¼r eine Zahl von 0 bis 33, vorzugsweise von 0 bis 20 steht. Einsetzbar sind auch amorphe Natriumsilikate mit einem Modul Na2O : SiO2 von 1:2 bis 1:3,3, vorzugsweise von 1:2 bis 1:2,8 und insbesondere von 1:2 bis 1:2,6, welche vorzugsweise lƶseverzƶgert sind und SekundƤrwascheigenschaften aufweisen.Detergents or cleaning agents according to the invention, in particular dishwashing detergents, preferably machine dishwashing detergents, can furthermore contain crystalline layered silicates of the general formula NaMSi x O 2x +1 .yH 2 O, in which M represents sodium or hydrogen, x is a number from 1.9 to 22, preferably from 1.9 to 4, particularly preferred values for x being 2, 3 or 4, and y being a number from 0 to 33, preferably from 0 to 20. Amorphous sodium silicates with a modulus Na 2 O: SiO 2 of 1: 2 to 1: 3.3, preferably 1: 2 to 1: 2.8 and in particular 1: 2 to 1: 2.6, can also be used are preferably delayed release and have secondary washing properties.

In bestimmten erfindungsgemƤƟen Wasch-oder Reinigungsmitteln, insbesondere GeschirrspĆ¼lmitteln, bevorzugt maschinellen GeschirrspĆ¼lmitteln, wird der Gehalt an Silikaten, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittels, auf Mengen unterhalb 10 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise unterhalb 5 Gew.-% und insbesondere unterhalb 2 Gew.-% begrenzt.In certain washing or cleaning agents according to the invention, in particular dishwashing agents, preferably machine dishwashing agents, the silicate content, based on the total weight of the washing or cleaning agent, is below 10% by weight, preferably below 5% by weight and in particular below 2% by weight limited.

In ErgƤnzung zu den vorgenannten GerĆ¼ststoffen kƶnnen die erfindungsgemƤƟen Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel weiterhin Alkalimetallhydroxide enthalten. Diese AlkalitrƤger werden in den Wasch- oder Reinigungsmitteln und insbesondere in den wenigstens einen zweiten Phasen bevorzugt nur in geringen Mengen, vorzugsweise in Mengen unterhalb 10 Gew.-%, bevorzugt unterhalb 6 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise unterhalb 5 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt zwischen 0,1 und 5 Gew.-% und insbesondere zwischen 0,5 und 5 Gew.-%, jeweils bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittels eingesetzt. Alternative erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel sind frei von Alkalimetallhydroxiden.In addition to the builders mentioned above, the washing or cleaning agents according to the invention can furthermore contain alkali metal hydroxides. These alkali carriers are used in the Detergents or cleaning agents, and in particular in the at least one second phase, preferably only in small amounts, preferably in amounts below 10% by weight, preferably below 6% by weight, preferably below 5% by weight, particularly preferably between 0.1 and 5 wt .-% and in particular between 0.5 and 5 wt .-%, each based on the total weight of the detergent or cleaning agent. Alternative washing or cleaning agents according to the invention are free from alkali metal hydroxides.

Als weiteren Bestandteil enthalten erfindungsgemƤƟe Reinigungsmittel in der wenigstens einen ersten und/oder der wenigstens einen zweiten Phase vorzugsweise Enzym(e). Hierzu gehƶren insbesondere Proteasen, Amylasen, Lipasen, Hemicellulasen, Cellulasen, Perhydrolasen oder Oxidoreduktasen, sowie vorzugsweise deren Gemische. Diese Enzyme sind im Prinzip natĆ¼rlichen Ursprungs; ausgehend von den natĆ¼rlichen MolekĆ¼len stehen fĆ¼r den Einsatz in Reinigungsmitteln verbesserte Varianten zur VerfĆ¼gung, die entsprechend bevorzugt eingesetzt werden. ErfindungsgemƤƟe Reinigungsmittel enthalten Enzyme vorzugsweise in Gesamtmengen von 1 x 10-6 Gew.-% bis 5 Gew.-% bezogen auf aktives Protein. Die Proteinkonzentration kann mit Hilfe bekannter Methoden, zum Beispiel dem BCA-Verfahren oder dem Biuret-Verfahren bestimmt werden.Cleaning agents according to the invention preferably contain enzyme (s) in the at least one first and / or the at least one second phase. These include in particular proteases, amylases, lipases, hemicellulases, cellulases, perhydrolases or oxidoreductases, and preferably their mixtures. In principle, these enzymes are of natural origin; Based on the natural molecules, improved variants are available for use in cleaning agents, which are accordingly preferred. Cleaning agents according to the invention preferably contain enzymes in total amounts of 1 Ɨ 10 -6 % by weight to 5% by weight, based on active protein. The protein concentration can be determined using known methods, for example the BCA method or the biuret method.

Unter den Proteasen sind solche vom Subtilisin-Typ bevorzugt. Beispiele hierfĆ¼r sind die Subtilisine BPN' und Carlsberg sowie deren weiterentwickelte Formen, die Protease PB92, die Subtilisine 147 und 309, die Alkalische Protease aus Bacillus lentus, Subtilisin DY und die den Subtilasen, nicht mehr jedoch den Subtilisinen im engeren Sinne zuzuordnenden Enzyme Thermitase, Proteinase K und die Proteasen TW3 und TW7.Among the proteases, those of the subtilisin type are preferred. Examples of this are the subtilisins BPN 'and Carlsberg and their further developed forms, the protease PB92, the subtilisins 147 and 309, the alkaline protease from Bacillus lentus, subtilisin DY and the enzymes thermitase which can no longer be assigned to the subtilisins in the narrower sense, Proteinase K and the proteases TW3 and TW7.

Beispiele fĆ¼r erfindungsgemƤƟ einsetzbare Amylasen sind die Ī±-Amylasen aus Bacillus licheniformis, aus Ī². amyloliquefaciens, aus Ī². stearothermophilus, aus Aspergillus niger und A. oryzae sowie die fĆ¼r den Einsatz in Reinigungsmitteln verbesserten Weiterentwicklungen der vorgenannten Amylasen. Des Weiteren sind fĆ¼r diesen Zweck die Ī±-Amylase aus Bacillus sp. A 7-7 (DSM 12368) und die Cyclodextrin-Glucanotransferase (CGTase) aus Ī². agaradherens (DSM 9948) hervorzuheben.Examples of amylases which can be used according to the invention are the Ī±-amylases from Bacillus licheniformis, from Ī². amyloliquefaciens, from Ī². stearothermophilus, from Aspergillus niger and A. oryzae, and the further developments of the aforementioned amylases, which have been improved for use in cleaning agents. Furthermore, the Ī±-amylase from Bacillus sp. A 7-7 (DSM 12368) and the cyclodextrin glucanotransferase (CGTase) from Ī². to highlight agaradherens (DSM 9948).

ErfindungsgemƤƟ einsetzbar sind weiterhin Lipasen oder Cutinasen, insbesondere wegen ihrer Triglycerid-spaltenden AktivitƤten, aber auch, um aus geeigneten Vorstufen in situ PersƤuren zu erzeugen. Hierzu gehƶren beispielsweise die ursprĆ¼nglich aus Humicola lanuginosa (Thermomyces lanuginosus) erhƤltlichen, beziehungsweise weiterentwickelten Lipasen, insbesondere solche mit dem AminosƤureaustausch in den Positionen D96LT213R und/oder N233R, besonders bevorzugt alle der Austausche D96L, T213R und N233R.Lipases or cutinases can furthermore be used according to the invention, in particular because of their triglyceride-cleaving activities, but also to generate peracids in situ from suitable precursors. These include, for example, the lipases originally obtainable from Humicola lanuginosa (Thermomyces lanuginosus) or further developed, in particular those with the amino acid exchange in positions D96LT213R and / or N233R, particularly preferably all of the exchanges D96L, T213R and N233R.

Weiterhin kƶnnen Enzyme eingesetzt werden, die unter dem Begriff Hemicellulasen zusammengefasst werden. Hierzu gehƶren beispielsweise Mannanasen, Xanthanlyasen, Pektinlyasen (=Pektinasen), Pektinesterasen, Pektatlyasen, Xyloglucanasen (=Xylanasen), Pullulanasen und Ī²-Glucanasen.Furthermore, enzymes can be used, which are summarized under the term hemicellulases. These include, for example, mannanases, xanthan lyases, pectin lyases (= pectinases), pectin esterases, pectate lyases, xyloglucanases (= xylanases), pullulanases and Ī²-glucanases.

Zur Erhƶhung der bleichenden Wirkung kƶnnen erfindungsgemƤƟ Oxidoreduktasen, beispielsweise Oxidasen, Oxygenasen, Katalasen, Peroxidasen, wie Halo-, Chloro-, Bromo-, Lignin-, Glucose- oder Mangan-Peroxidasen, Dioxygenasen oder Laccasen (Phenoloxidasen, Polyphenoloxidasen) eingesetzt werden. Vorteilhafterweise werden zusƤtzlich vorzugsweise organische, besonders bevorzugt aromatische, mit den Enzymen wechselwirkende Verbindungen zugegeben, um die AktivitƤt der betreffenden Oxidoreduktasen zu verstƤrken (Enhancer) oder um bei stark unterschiedlichen Redoxpotentialen zwischen den oxidierenden Enzymen und den Anschmutzungen den Elektronenfluss zu gewƤhrleisten (Mediatoren). Ein Protein und/oder Enzym kann besonders wƤhrend der Lagerung gegen SchƤdigungen wie beispielsweise Inaktivierung, Denaturierung oder Zerfall etwa durch physikalische EinflĆ¼sse, Oxidation oder proteolytische Spaltung geschĆ¼tzt werden. Bei mikrobieller Gewinnung der Proteine und/oder Enzyme ist eine Inhibierung der Proteolyse besonders bevorzugt, insbesondere wenn auch die Mittel Proteasen enthalten. Reinigungsmittel kƶnnen zu diesem Zweck Stabilisatoren enthalten; die Bereitstellung derartiger Mittel stellt eine bevorzugte AusfĆ¼hrungsform der vorliegenden Erfindung dar.To increase the bleaching effect, oxidoreductases, for example oxidases, oxygenases, catalases, peroxidases, such as halo-, chloro-, bromo-, lignin, glucose or manganese peroxidases, dioxygenases or laccases (phenoloxidases, polyphenol oxidases) can be used according to the invention. Advantageously, organic, particularly preferably aromatic, compounds interacting with the enzymes are additionally added in order to increase the activity of the oxidoreductases in question (enhancers) or to ensure the flow of electrons (mediators) in the case of very different redox potentials between the oxidizing enzymes and the soiling. A protein and / or enzyme can be protected against damage, such as inactivation, denaturation or decay, for example by physical influences, oxidation or proteolytic cleavage, especially during storage. When the proteins and / or enzymes are obtained microbially, inhibition of proteolysis is particularly preferred, in particular if the agents also contain proteases. Detergents can contain stabilizers for this purpose; the provision of such agents is a preferred embodiment of the present invention.

Reinigungsaktive Proteasen und Amylasen werden in der Regel nicht in Form des reinen Proteins sondern vielmehr in Form stabilisierter, lager- und transportfƤhiger Zubereitungen bereitgestellt. Zu diesen vorkonfektionierten Zubereitungen zƤhlen beispielsweise die durch Granulation, Extrusion oder Lyophilisierung erhaltenen festen PrƤparationen oder, insbesondere bei flĆ¼ssigen oder gelfƶrmigen Mitteln, Lƶsungen der Enzyme, vorteilhafterweise mƶglichst konzentriert, wasserarm und/oder mit Stabilisatoren oder weiteren Hilfsmitteln versetzt.Proteases and amylases that are active in cleaning are generally not provided in the form of the pure protein, but rather in the form of stabilized, storable and transportable preparations. These prefabricated preparations include, for example, the solid preparations obtained by granulation, extrusion or lyophilization or, in particular in the case of liquid or gel form agents, solutions of the enzymes, advantageously as concentrated as possible, low in water and / or mixed with stabilizers or other auxiliaries.

Alternativ kƶnnen die Enzyme fĆ¼r die wenigstens eine erste und/oder die wenigstens eine zweite Phase verkapselt werden, beispielsweise durch SprĆ¼htrocknung oder Extrusion der Enzymlƶsung zusammen mit einem vorzugsweise natĆ¼rlichen Polymer oder in Form von Kapseln, beispielsweise solchen, bei denen die Enzyme wie in einem erstarrten Gel eingeschlossen sind oder in solchen vom Kern-Schale-Typ, bei dem ein enzymhaltiger Kern mit einer Wasser-, Luft- und/oder Chemikalien-undurchlƤssigen Schutzschicht Ć¼berzogen ist. In aufgelagerten Schichten kƶnnen zusƤtzlich weitere Wirkstoffe, beispielsweise Stabilisatoren, Emulgatoren, Pigmente, Bleich- oder Farbstoffe aufgebracht werden. Derartige Kapseln werden nach an sich bekannten Methoden, beispielsweise durch SchĆ¼ttel- oder Rollgranulation oder in Fluid-bed-Prozessen aufgebracht. Vorteilhafterweise sind derartige Granulate, beispielsweise durch Aufbringen polymerer Filmbildner, staubarm und aufgrund der Beschichtung lagerstabil.Alternatively, the enzymes for the at least one first and / or the at least one second phase can be encapsulated, for example by spray drying or extrusion of the enzyme solution together with a preferably natural polymer or in the form of capsules, for example those in which the enzymes are solidified as in a Gels are included or in the core-shell type, in which an enzyme-containing core is coated with a protective layer impermeable to water, air and / or chemicals. Additional active ingredients, for example stabilizers, emulsifiers, pigments, bleaching agents or dyes, can additionally be applied in superimposed layers. Capsules of this type are applied by methods known per se, for example by shaking or roll granulation or in fluid-bed processes. Such granules are advantageously low in dust, for example by applying polymeric film formers, and are stable on storage due to the coating.

Weiterhin ist es mƶglich, zwei oder mehrere Enzyme zusammen zu konfektionieren, so dass ein einzelnes Granulat mehrere EnzymaktivitƤten aufweist.Furthermore, it is possible to assemble two or more enzymes together, so that a single granulate has several enzyme activities.

Wie aus der vorherigen AusfĆ¼hrungen ersichtlich, bildet das Enzym-Protein nur einen Bruchteil des Gesamtgewichts Ć¼blicher Enzym-Zubereitungen. ErfindungsgemƤƟ bevorzugt eingesetzte Protease- und Amylase-Zubereitungen enthalten zwischen 0,1 und 40 Gew.-%, bevorzugt zwischen 0,2 und 30 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt zwischen 0,4 und 20 Gew.-% und insbesondere zwischen 0,8 und 10 Gew.-% des Enzymproteins. Bevorzugt werden insbesondere solche Reinigungsmittel, die, jeweils bezogen auf ihr Gesamtgewicht, 0, 1 bis 12 Gew.-%, vorzugsweise 0,2 bis 10 Gew.-% und insbesondere 0,5 bis 8 Gew.-% der jeweiligen Enzym-Zubereitungen enthalten.As can be seen from the previous description, the enzyme protein forms only a fraction of the total weight of conventional enzyme preparations. Protease and amylase preparations preferably used according to the invention contain between 0.1 and 40% by weight, preferably between 0.2 and 30% by weight, particularly preferably between 0.4 and 20% by weight and in particular between 0, 8 and 10% by weight of the enzyme protein. Particularly preferred are cleaning agents which, based on their total weight, 0.1 to 12% by weight, preferably 0.2 to 10% by weight and in particular 0.5 to 8% by weight of the respective enzyme preparations contain.

Neben den bisher angefĆ¼hrten Bestandteilen kƶnnen die wenigstens eine erste und/oder die wenigstens eine zweite Phase des erfindungsgemƤƟen Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittels weitere Inhaltsstoffe enthalten. Hierzu zƤhlen beispielsweise anionische, kationische und/oder amphotere Tenside, Bleichmittel, Bleichaktivatoren, Bleichkatalysatoren, weitere Lƶsungsmittel, Verdicker, Sequestrierungsmittel, Elektrolyte, Korrosionsinhibitoren, insbesondere Silberschutzmittel, Glaskorrosionsinhibitoren, Schauminhibitoren, Farbstoffe, Duftstoffe (insbesondere in der wenigstens einen ersten Phase), Additive zur Verbesserung des Ablauf- und Trocknungsverhaltens, zur Einstellung der ViskositƤt, zur Stabilisierung, UV-Stabilisatoren, Perglanzmittel (INCI Opacifying Agents; beispielsweise Glykoldistearat, beispielsweise CutinaĀ® AGS der Fa. Cognis, beziehungsweise dieses enthaltende Mischungen, beispielsweise Euperlane Ā® der Fa. Cognis), Konservierungsmittel (beispielsweise das technische auch als Bronopol bezeichnete 2-Brom-2-nitropropan-1,3-diol ( CAS 52-51-7 ), das beispielsweise als Myacide Ā® BT oder als Boots Bronopol BT von der Firma Boots gewerblich erhƤltlich ist), antimikrobielle Wirkstoffe (Desinfektionsmittel), pH-Stellmittel in Mengen von Ć¼blicherweise nicht mehr als 5 Gew.-% enthalten sein.In addition to the constituents mentioned so far, the at least one first and / or the at least one second phase of the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention can contain further ingredients. These include, for example, anionic, cationic and / or amphoteric surfactants, bleaching agents, bleach activators, bleaching catalysts, other solvents, thickeners, sequestering agents, electrolytes, corrosion inhibitors, in particular silver protection agents, glass corrosion inhibitors, foam inhibitors, dyes, fragrances (in particular in the at least one first phase), additives to improve the drainage and drying behavior, to adjust the viscosity, to stabilize, UV stabilizers, pearlescent agents (INCI opacifying agents; for example glycol distearate, for example CutinaĀ® AGS from Cognis, or mixtures containing these, for example EuperlaneĀ® from Cognis ), Preservatives (e.g. the technical 2-bromo-2-nitropropane-1,3-diol, also known as bronopol ( CAS 52-51-7 ), which is commercially available, for example, as MyacideĀ® BT or as Boots Bronopol BT from the company Boots), antimicrobial active ingredients (disinfectants), pH adjusting agents in amounts of usually not more than 5% by weight.

Als weiteres Lƶsungsmittel enthalten erfindungsgemƤƟe Mittel vorzugsweise mindestens ein Alkanolamin. Das Alkanolamin ist hierbei vorzugsweise ausgewƤhlt aus der Gruppe bestehend aus Mono-, Di-, Triethanol- und -Propanolamin und deren Mischungen. Das Alkanolamin ist in erfindungsgemƤƟen Mitteln vorzugsweise in einer Menge von 0,5 bis 10 Gew.-%, insbesondere in einer Menge von 1 bis 6 Gew.-%, enthalten. In einem bevorzugten Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel ist die wenigstens eine zweite Phase frei von Alkanolamin und das Alkanolamin nur in der wenigstens einen ersten Phase enthalten.Agents according to the invention preferably contain at least one alkanolamine as a further solvent. The alkanolamine is preferably selected from the group consisting of mono-, di-, triethanol- and -propanolamine and mixtures thereof. The alkanolamine is present in agents according to the invention preferably in an amount of 0.5 to 10% by weight, in particular in an amount of 1 to 6% by weight. In a preferred washing or cleaning agent, the at least one second phase is free from alkanolamine and the alkanolamine is only present in the at least one first phase.

ErfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, insbesondere GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel enthalten in einer bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform als weiteren Bestandteil mindestens ein Zinksalz als Glaskorrosionsinhibitor. Bei dem Zinksalz kann es sich hierbei um ein anorganisches oder organisches Zinksalz handeln. Das erfindungsgemƤƟ einzusetzende Zinksalz hat vorzugsweise in Wasser eine Lƶslichkeit oberhalb 100 mg/l, vorzugsweise oberhalb 500 mg/l, besonders bevorzugt oberhalb 1 g/l und insbesondere oberhalb 5 g/l (alle Lƶslichkeiten bei 20Ā°C Wassertemperatur). Das anorganische Zinksalz ist vorzugsweise ausgewƤhlt aus der Gruppe bestehend aus Zinkbromid, Zinkchlorid, Zinkiodid, Zinknitrat und Zinksulfat. Das organische Zinksalz ist vorzugsweise ausgewƤhlt aus der Gruppe bestehend aus Zinksalzen monomerer oder polymerer organischer SƤuren, insbesondere aus der Gruppe Zinkacetat, Zinkacetylacetonat, Zinkbenzoat, Zinkformiat, Zinklactat, Zinkgluconat, Zinkricinoleat, Zinkabietat, Zinkvalerat und Zink-p-toluolsulfonat. In einer erfindungsgemƤƟ besonders bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform wird als Zinksalz Zinkacetat eingesetzt. Das Zinksalz ist in erfindungsgemƤƟen Reinigungsmittel vorzugsweise in einer Menge von 0,01 Gew.-% bis 5 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt in einer Menge von 0,05 Gew.-% bis 3 Gew.-%, insbesondere in einer Menge von 0,1 Gew.-% bis 2 Gew.-%, enthalten, bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht des Reinigungsmittels. ZusƤtzlich oder alternativ zu den o.g. Salzen (insbesondere den Zinksalzen) kƶnnen Polyethylenimine, wie sie beispielsweise unter dem Namen LupasolĀ® (BASF) erhƤltlich sind, vorzugsweise in einer Menge von 0 bis 5 Gew.-%, insbesondere 0,01 bis 2 Gew.-%, als Glaskorrosionsinhibitoren eingesetzt werden.In a preferred embodiment, detergents or cleaning agents according to the invention, in particular dishwashing detergents, contain at least one zinc salt as a glass corrosion inhibitor as a further constituent. The zinc salt can be an inorganic or organic zinc salt. The zinc salt to be used according to the invention preferably has a solubility in water above 100 mg / l, preferably above 500 mg / l, particularly preferably above 1 g / l and in particular above 5 g / l (all solubilities at 20 Ā° C. water temperature). The inorganic zinc salt is preferably selected from the group consisting of zinc bromide, zinc chloride, zinc iodide, zinc nitrate and zinc sulfate. The organic zinc salt is preferably selected from the group consisting of zinc salts of monomeric or polymeric organic acids, in particular from the group of zinc acetate, zinc acetylacetonate, zinc benzoate, zinc formate, zinc lactate, zinc gluconate, zinc ricinoleate, zinc abietate, zinc valerate and zinc p-toluenesulfonate. In a particularly preferred embodiment according to the invention, zinc acetate is used as the zinc salt. The zinc salt in cleaning agents according to the invention is preferably in an amount of 0.01% by weight to 5% by weight, particularly preferably in an amount of 0.05% by weight to 3% by weight, in particular in an amount of 0.1 wt .-% to 2 wt .-%, based on the total weight of the detergent. In addition or as an alternative to the above Salts (in particular the zinc salts), polyethyleneimines, as are available, for example, under the name LupasolĀ® (BASF), are preferably used in an amount of 0 to 5% by weight, in particular 0.01 to 2% by weight, as glass corrosion inhibitors become.

Als Additive geeignete Polymere sind insbesondere MaleinsƤure-AcrylsƤure-Copolymer-Na-Salz (beispielsweise SokalanĀ® CP 5 der Firma BASF, Ludwigshafen (Deutschland)), modifiziertes PolyacrylsƤure-Na-Salz (beispielsweise SokalanĀ® CP 10 der Firma BASF, Ludwigshafen (Deutschland)), modifiziertes Polycarboxylat-Na-Salz (beispielsweise SokalanĀ® HP 25 der Firma BASF, Ludwigshafen (Deutschland)), Polyalkylenoxid, modifiziertes Heptamethyltrisiloxan (beispielsweise SilwetĀ® L-77 der Firma BASF, Ludwigshafen (Deutschland)), Polyalkylenoxid, modifiziertes Heptamethyltrisiloxan (beispielsweise SilwetĀ® L-7608 der Firma BASF, Ludwigshafen (Deutschland)) sowie Polyethersiloxane (Copolymere von Polymethylsiloxanen mit Ethylenoxid-/Propylenoxidsegmenten (Polyetherblƶcken)), vorzugsweise wasserlƶsliche lineare Polyethersiloxane mit terminalen Polyetherblƶcken wie TegoprenĀ® 5840, TegoprenĀ® 5843, TegoprenĀ® 5847, TegoprenĀ® 5851, TegoprenĀ® 5863 oder TegoprenĀ® 5878 der Firma Evonik, Essen (Deutschland). Als Additive geeignete Buildersubstanzen sind insbesondere PolyasparaginsƤure-Na-Salz, Ethylendiamintriacetatkokosalkylacetamid (beispielsweise RewopolĀ® CHT 12 der Firma Evonik, Essen (Deutschland)), MethylglycindiessigsƤure-Tri-Na-Salz und AcetophosphonsƤure. Mischungen mit tensidischen oder polymeren Additiven zeigen im Falle von TegoprenĀ® 5843 und TegoprenĀ® 5863 Synergismen. Der Einsatz der Tegopren-Typen 5843 und 5863 ist jedoch bei der Anwendung auf harte OberflƤchen aus Glas, insbesondere Glasgeschirr, weniger bevorzugt, da diese Silikontenside auf Glas aufziehen kƶnnen. In einer besonderen AusfĆ¼hrungsform der Erfindung wird auf die genannten Additive verzichtet.Polymers suitable as additives are, in particular, maleic acid-acrylic acid copolymer Na salt (for example SokalanĀ® CP 5 from BASF, Ludwigshafen (Germany)), modified polyacrylic acid Na salt (for example SokalanĀ® CP 10 from BASF, Ludwigshafen (Germany) )), modified polycarboxylate Na salt (for example SokalanĀ® HP 25 from BASF, Ludwigshafen (Germany)), polyalkylene oxide, modified heptamethyltrisiloxane (for example SilwetĀ® L-77 from BASF, Ludwigshafen (Germany)), polyalkylene oxide, modified heptamethyltrisiloxane (for example SilwetĀ® L-7608 from BASF, Ludwigshafen (Germany)) and polyether siloxanes (copolymers of polymethylsiloxanes with ethylene oxide / propylene oxide segments (polyether blocks)), preferably water-soluble linear polyether siloxanes with terminal polyether blocks such as TegoprenĀ® 5840, TegoprenĀ® 5843 5847, TegoprenĀ® 5851, TegoprenĀ® 5863 or TegoprenĀ® 5878 from Evonik, Essen (Germany). Builder substances suitable as additives are, in particular, polyaspartic acid sodium salt, ethylenediamine triacetate coconut alkylacetamide (for example RewopolĀ® CHT 12 from Evonik, Essen (Germany)), methylglycinediacetic acid tri-sodium salt and acetophosphonic acid. Mixtures with surfactant or polymeric additives show synergisms in the case of TegoprenĀ® 5843 and TegoprenĀ® 5863. The use of Tegoprene types 5843 and 5863 is, however, less preferred when used on hard surfaces made of glass, in particular glass dishes can apply this silicone surfactant to glass. In a particular embodiment of the invention, the additives mentioned are dispensed with.

Ein bevorzugtes Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, insbesondere GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel, umfasst vorzugsweise weiterhin ein Bleichmittel, insbesondere ein Sauerstoffbleichmittel sowie gegebenenfalls einen Bleichaktivator und/oder Bleichkatalysator. Diese sind, soweit vorhanden, ausschlieƟlich in der wenigstens einen ersten Phase enthalten.A preferred washing or cleaning agent, in particular dishwashing agent, preferably further comprises a bleaching agent, in particular an oxygen bleaching agent and optionally a bleach activator and / or bleaching catalyst. Where available, these are only included in the at least one first phase.

Als bevorzugtes Bleichmittel enthalten erfindungsgemƤƟe Reinigungsmittel ein Sauerstoffbleichmittel aus der Gruppe Natriumpercarbonat, Natriumperborattetrahydrat und Natriumperboratmonohydrat. Weitere brauchbare Bleichmittel sind beispielsweise Peroxypyrophosphate, Citratperhydrate sowie H2O2 liefernde persaure Salze oder PersƤuren, wie Perbenzoate, Peroxophthalate, DiperazelainsƤure, PhthaloiminopersƤure oder DiperdodecandisƤure. Weiterhin kƶnnen auch Bleichmittel aus der Gruppe der organischen Bleichmittel eingesetzt werden. Typische organische Bleichmittel sind die Diacylperoxide, wie zum Beispiel Dibenzoylperoxid. Weitere typische organische Bleichmittel sind die PeroxysƤuren, wobei als Beispiele besonders die AlkylperoxysƤuren und die ArylperoxysƤuren genannt werden. Wegen seiner guten Bleichleistung wird das Natriumpercarbonat besonders bevorzugt. Ein besonders bevorzugtes Sauerstoffbleichmittel ist Natriumpercarbonat.As a preferred bleaching agent, cleaning agents according to the invention contain an oxygen bleaching agent from the group sodium percarbonate, sodium perborate tetrahydrate and sodium perborate monohydrate. Other useful bleaching agents are, for example, peroxypyrophosphates, citrate perhydrates and H 2 O 2 -producing peracidic salts or peracids, such as perbenzoates, peroxophthalates, diperazelaic acid, phthaloiminoperic acid or diperdodecanedioic acid. Bleaching agents from the group of organic bleaching agents can also be used. Typical organic bleaching agents are the diacyl peroxides, such as dibenzoyl peroxide. Other typical organic bleaching agents are peroxy acids, examples of which include alkyl peroxy acids and aryl peroxy acids. Sodium percarbonate is particularly preferred for its good bleaching performance. A particularly preferred oxygen bleach is sodium percarbonate.

Als Bleichaktivatoren kƶnnen Verbindungen, die unter Perhydrolysebedingungen aliphatische PeroxocarbonsƤuren mit vorzugsweise 1 bis 10 C-Atomen, insbesondere 2 bis 4 C-Atomen, und/oder gegebenenfalls substituierte PerbenzoesƤure ergeben, eingesetzt werden. Geeignet sind Substanzen, die 0- und/oder N-Acylgruppen der genannten C-Atomzahl und/oder gegebenenfalls substituierte Benzoylgruppen tragen. Bevorzugt werden mehrfach acylierte Alkylendiamine, wobei sich Tetraacetylethylendiamin (TAED) als besonders geeignet erwiesen hat.Bleach activators which can be used are compounds which, under perhydrolysis conditions, give aliphatic peroxocarboxylic acids having preferably 1 to 10 C atoms, in particular 2 to 4 C atoms, and / or optionally substituted perbenzoic acid. Substances which carry 0- and / or N-acyl groups of the number of carbon atoms mentioned and / or optionally substituted benzoyl groups are suitable. Multi-acylated alkylenediamines are preferred, with tetraacetylethylenediamine (TAED) having proven particularly suitable.

Bei den Bleichkatalysatoren handelt es sich um bleichverstƤrkende Ɯbergangsmetallsalze beziehungsweise Ɯbergangsmetallkomplexe wie beispielsweise Mn-, Fe-, Co-, Ru - oder Mo-Salenkomplexe oder - carbonylkomplexe. Auch Mn-, Fe-, Co-, Ru-, Mo-, Ti-, V- und Cu-Komplexe mit N-haltigen Tripod-Liganden sowie Co-, Fe- Cu- und Ru-Amminkomplexe sind als Bleichkatalysatoren verwendbar. Mit besonderem Vorzug werden Komplexe des Mangans in der Oxidationsstufe II, III, IV oder IV eingesetzt, die vorzugsweise einen oder mehrere makrocyclische(n) Ligand(en) mit den Donorfunktionen N, NR, PR, O und/oder S enthalten. Vorzugsweise werden Liganden eingesetzt, die Stickstoff-Donorfunktionen aufweisen. Dabei ist es besonders bevorzugt, Bleichkatalysator(en) in den erfindungsgemƤƟen Mitteln einzusetzen, welche als makromolekularen Liganden 1,4,7-Trimethyl-1,4,7-triazacyclononan (Me-TACN), 1,4,7-Triazacyclononan (TACN), 1,5,9-Trimethyl-1,5,9-triazacyclododecan (Me-TACD), 2-Methyl-1-1,4,7-trimethyl-1,4,7-triazacyclononan (Me/Me-TACN) und/oder 2-Methyl-1,4,7-triazacyclononan (Me/TACN) enthalten. Geeignete Mangankomplexe sind beispielsweise [MnIII 2(Āµ-O)1(Āµ-OAc)2(TACN)2](ClO4)2, [MnIIIMnIV(Āµ-O)2(Āµ-OAc)1(TACN)2](BPh4)2, [MnIV 4(Āµ-O)6(TACN)4](ClO4)4, [MnIII 2(Āµ-O)1(Āµ-OAc)2(Me-TACN)2](ClO4)2, [MnIIIMnIV(Āµ-O)1(Āµ-OAc)2(Me-TACN)2](ClO4)3, [MnIV 2(Āµ-O)3(Me-TACN)2](PF6)2 und [MnIV 2(Āµ-O)3(Me/Me-TACN)2](PF6)2(mit OAc = OC(O)CH3).The bleaching catalysts are bleach-enhancing transition metal salts or transition metal complexes such as, for example, Mn, Fe, Co, Ru or Mo salt complexes or carbonyl complexes. Mn, Fe, Co, Ru, Mo, Ti, V and Cu complexes with N-containing tripod ligands as well as Co, Fe-Cu and Ru-amine complexes can also be used as bleaching catalysts. Complexes of manganese are used with particular preference in oxidation state II, III, IV or IV, which preferably contain one or more macrocyclic ligand (s) with the donor functions N, NR, PR, O and / or S. Ligands which have nitrogen donor functions are preferably used. It is particularly preferred to use bleaching catalyst (s) in the agents according to the invention which contain 1,4,7-trimethyl-1,4,7-triazacyclononane (Me-TACN), 1,4,7-triazacyclononane (TACN) as macromolecular ligands ), 1,5,9-trimethyl-1,5,9-triazacyclododecane (Me-TACD), 2-methyl-1-1,4,7-trimethyl-1,4,7-triazacyclononane (Me / Me-TACN) and / or 2-methyl-1,4,7-triazacyclononane (Me / TACN) included. Suitable manganese complexes are, for example, [Mn III 2 (Ī¼-O) 1 (Ī¼-OAc) 2 (TACN) 2 ] (ClO 4 ) 2 , [Mn III Mn IV (Ī¼-O) 2 (Ī¼-OAc) 1 (TACN ) 2 ] (BPh 4 ) 2 , [Mn IV 4 (Āµ-O) 6 (TACN) 4 ] (ClO 4 ) 4 , [Mn III 2 (Āµ-O) 1 (Āµ-OAc) 2 (Me-TACN ) 2 ] (ClO 4 ) 2 , [Mn III Mn IV (Āµ-O) 1 (Āµ-OAc) 2 (Me-TACN) 2 ] (ClO 4 ) 3 , [Mn IV 2 (Āµ-O) 3 ( Me-TACN) 2 ] (PF 6 ) 2 and [Mn IV 2 (Āµ-O) 3 (Me / Me-TACN) 2 ] (PF 6 ) 2 (with OAc = OC (O) CH 3 ).

Beim Einsatz von BenzoesƤure, SalicylsƤure oder MilchsƤure als pH-Regulatoren und/oder Puffer-Substanzen kƶnnen diese Verbindungen die antibakterielle Wirkung des Silbers und/oder der Silberverbindung unterstĆ¼tzen beziehungsweise verstƤrken.When using benzoic acid, salicylic acid or lactic acid as pH regulators and / or buffer substances, these compounds can support or enhance the antibacterial effect of the silver and / or the silver compound.

Das erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel umfasst wenigstens eine erste Phase (1) und wenigstens eine zweite Phase (2). Das Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel kann somit eine, zwei, drei oder mehr voneinander verschiedene erste Phasen (1) aufweisen; ebenso kann es eine, zwei, drei oder mehr voneinander verschiedene zweite Phasen (2) aufweisen. Bevorzugt umfasst das erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel eine erste Phase (1) und eine zweite Phase (2). Besonders bevorzugt umfasst das Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel zwei erste Phasen (1) und eine zweite Phase (2). Bevorzugt umfasst es zwei erste Phasen (1) und zwei zweite Phasen (2). Weiterhin bevorzugt ist eine AusfĆ¼hrungsform, in der das Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel drei erste Phasen (1) und eine oder zwei zweite Phasen (2) umfasst. Dabei betrƤgt das GewichtsverhƤltnis der wenigstens einen ersten Phase (1) zur wenigstens einen zweiten Phase (2) vorzugsweise 20:1 bis 8:1. Das Gesamtgewicht der Phase (1) in einer Reinigungsmittelportion kann zwischen 8 und 30 g, insbesondere 10 bis 25 g, bevorzugt 12 bis 21 g, beispielsweise 14 bis 19 g betragen. In diesem GewichtsverhƤltnis ergibt sich eine gute Konzentration an den jeweiligen Inhaltsstoffen der ersten (1) beziehungsweise zweiten Phase (2) in einem Reinigungsvorgang.The washing or cleaning agent according to the invention comprises at least a first phase (1) and at least a second phase (2). The washing or cleaning agent can thus have one, two, three or more different first phases (1); it can also have one, two, three or more different second phases (2). The washing or cleaning agent according to the invention preferably comprises a first phase (1) and a second phase (2). The washing or cleaning agent particularly preferably comprises two first phases (1) and a second phase (2). It preferably comprises two first phases (1) and two second phases (2). Also preferred is an embodiment in which the washing or cleaning agent comprises three first phases (1) and one or two second phases (2). The weight ratio of the at least one first phase (1) to the at least one second phase (2) is preferably 20: 1 to 8: 1. The total weight of phase (1) in a detergent portion can be between 8 and 30 g, in particular 10 to 25 g, preferably 12 to 21 g, for example 14 to 19 g. This weight ratio results in a good concentration of the respective ingredients of the first (1) or second phase (2) in one cleaning process.

ErfindungsgemƤƟ grenzen die wenigstens eine erste Phase (1) und die wenigstens eine zweite Phase (2) voll- oder teilflƤchig aneinander. Dabei ist es bevorzugt, dass die beiden Phasen unmittelbar aneinander grenzen. Es ist jedoch auch mƶglich, dass die wenigstens eine erste Phase (1) oder die wenigstens eine zweite Phase (2) oder die wenigstens eine erste Phase (1) und die wenigstens eine zweite Phase (2) von einer wasserlƶslichen Folie eng umhĆ¼llt oder in einem wasserlƶslichen Beutel enthalten ist/sind. Bevorzugt ist das gesamte Mittel in einem wasserlƶslichen Beutel enthalten oder, besonders bevorzugt, von einer wasserlƶslichen Folie eng umhĆ¼llt.According to the invention, the at least one first phase (1) and the at least one second phase (2) adjoin one another over the full or partial area. It is preferred that the two phases directly adjoin one another. However, it is also possible for the at least one first phase (1) or the at least one second phase (2) or the at least one first phase (1) and the at least one second phase (2) to be closely enveloped by a water-soluble film or in a water-soluble bag is included. The entire agent is preferably contained in a water-soluble bag or, particularly preferably, is closely enveloped by a water-soluble film.

Grenzen die wenigstens eine erste Phase (1) und die wenigstens eine zweite Phase (2) unmittelbar voll- oder teilflƤchig aneinander, ist die StabilitƤt neben einer mƶglichst kurzen Erstarrungszeit der wenigstens einen zweiten Phase (2) wichtig. StabilitƤt bedeutet hier, dass in der zweiten Phase enthaltende Bestandteile nicht in die wenigstens eine erste Phase Ć¼bertreten, sondern auch nach einer lƤngeren Lagerung die wenigstens eine erste Phase und die zweite Phase optisch getrennt voneinander vorliegen und nicht miteinander in Wechselwirkung treten, wie z.B. Diffusion flĆ¼ssiger Bestandteile von einer in die andere Phase oder Reaktion von Bestandteilen einer Phase mit denen in der anderen Phase oder Verlust der Anhaftung der zweiten Phase (2) auf der insbesondere verpressten, kompaktierten ersten Phase (1) durch FlĆ¼ssigkeitsaustrittsind. Ɯberraschenderweise hat sich gezeigt, dass dies durch eine zweite Phase, welche Glyzerin, Gelatine und wenigstens ein C3- bis C5-Alkandiol aufweist, ermƶglicht werden kann.If the at least one first phase (1) and the at least one second phase (2) adjoin one another over the full or partial area, stability is important in addition to the shortest possible solidification time of the at least one second phase (2). Stability here means that constituents contained in the second phase do not pass into the at least one first phase, but also after prolonged storage, the at least one first phase and the second phase are optically separate from one another and do not interact, such as diffusion of liquid constituents from one phase to the other or reaction of constituents of one phase with those in the other phase or Loss of adhesion of the second phase (2) on the in particular compressed, compacted first phase (1) due to liquid leakage. Surprisingly, it has been shown that this can be made possible by a second phase which has glycerol, gelatin and at least one C 3 -C 5 -alkanediol.

Die wasserlƶsliche Folie beziehungsweise der wasserlƶsliche Beutel umfasst vorzugsweise ein wasserlƶsliches Polymer. Einige bevorzugte wasserlƶsliche Polymere, welche vorzugsweise als wasserlƶsliche Verpackung eingesetzt werden, sind Polyvinylalkohole, acetalisierte Polyvinylalkohole, Polyvinylpyrrolidone, Polyethylenoxide, Cellulosen und Gelatine, wobei Polyvinylalkohole und acetalisierte Polyvinylalkohole besonders bevorzugt eingesetzt werden.The water-soluble film or the water-soluble bag preferably comprises a water-soluble polymer. Some preferred water-soluble polymers, which are preferably used as water-soluble packaging, are polyvinyl alcohols, acetalized polyvinyl alcohols, polyvinyl pyrrolidones, polyethylene oxides, celluloses and gelatin, polyvinyl alcohols and acetalized polyvinyl alcohols being particularly preferably used.

"Polyvinylalkohole" (Kurzzeichen PVAL, gelegentlich auch PVOH) ist dabei die Bezeichnung fĆ¼r Polymere der allgemeinen Struktur

Figure imgb0003
die in geringen Anteilen (ca. 2%) auch Struktureinheiten des Typs
Figure imgb0004
enthalten."Polyvinyl alcohols" (abbreviation PVAL, sometimes also PVOH) is the name for polymers of the general structure
Figure imgb0003
which in small proportions (approx. 2%) also structural units of the type
Figure imgb0004
contain.

HandelsĆ¼bliche Polyvinylalkohole, die als weiƟ-gelbliche Pulver oder Granulate mit Polymerisationsgraden im Bereich von ca. 100 bis 2500 (Molmassen von ca. 4000 bis 100.000 g/mol) angeboten werden, haben Hydrolysegrade von 87-99 Mol-%, enthalten also noch einen Restgehalt an Acetyl-Gruppen.Commercial polyvinyl alcohols, which are offered as white-yellowish powders or granules with degrees of polymerization in the range from approximately 100 to 2500 (molar masses from approximately 4000 to 100,000 g / mol), have degrees of hydrolysis of 87-99 mol%, that is to say contain one more Residual content of acetyl groups.

Im Rahmen der vorliegenden Erfindung ist es bevorzugt, dass die wasserlƶsliche Verpackung wenigstens anteilsweise einen Polyvinylalkohol umfasst, dessen Hydrolysegrad vorzugsweise 70 bis 100 Mol-%, insbesondere 80 bis 90 Mol-%, besonders bevorzugt 81 bis 89 Mol-% und vor allem 82 bis 88 Mol-% betrƤgt. In einer bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform besteht die wasserlƶsliche Verpackung zu mindestens 20 Gew.-%, besonders bevorzugt zu mindestens 40 Gew.-%, ganz besonders bevorzugt zu mindestens 60 Gew.-% und insbesondere zu mindestens 80 Gew.-% aus einem Polyvinylalkohol, dessen Hydrolysegrad 70 bis 100 Mol-%, vorzugsweise 80 bis 90 Mol-%, besonders bevorzugt 81 bis 89 Mol-% und insbesondere 82 bis 88 Mol-%, betrƤgt.In the context of the present invention, it is preferred that the water-soluble packaging comprises at least partially a polyvinyl alcohol, the degree of hydrolysis of which is preferably 70 to 100 mol%, in particular 80 to 90 mol%, particularly preferably 81 to 89 mol% and especially 82 to Is 88 mol%. In a preferred embodiment, the water-soluble packaging consists of at least 20% by weight, particularly preferably at least 40% by weight, very particularly preferably at least 60% by weight and in particular at least 80% by weight a polyvinyl alcohol, the degree of hydrolysis of which is 70 to 100 mol%, preferably 80 to 90 mol%, particularly preferably 81 to 89 mol% and in particular 82 to 88 mol%.

Vorzugsweise werden als Materialien fĆ¼r die Verpackung Polyvinylalkohole eines bestimmten Molekulargewichtsbereichs eingesetzt, wobei erfindungsgemƤƟ bevorzugt ist, dass das Verpackungsmaterial einen Polyvinylalkohol umfasst, dessen Molekulargewicht im Bereich von 5.000 gĀ·mol-1 bis 100.000 gĀ·mol-1 , vorzugsweise von 10.000 gĀ·mol-1 bis 90.000 gĀ·mol-1, besonders bevorzugt von 12.000 gĀ·mol-1 bis 80.000 gĀ·mol-1 und insbesondere von 15.000 gĀ·mol-1 bis 70.000 gĀ·mol-1 liegt.Polyvinyl alcohols of a certain molecular weight range are preferably used as materials for the packaging, it being preferred according to the invention that the packaging material comprises a polyvinyl alcohol whose molecular weight is in the range from 5,000 gmol -1 to 100,000 gmol -1 , preferably 10,000 gmol -1 to 90,000 gmol -1 , particularly preferably from 12,000 gmol -1 to 80,000 gmol -1 and in particular from 15,000 gmol -1 to 70,000 gmol -1 .

Der Polymerisationsgrad solcher bevorzugten Polyvinylalkohole liegt zwischen ungefƤhr 200 bis ungefƤhr 2100, vorzugsweise zwischen ungefƤhr 220 bis ungefƤhr 1890, besonders bevorzugt zwischen ungefƤhr 240 bis ungefƤhr 1680 und insbesondere zwischen ungefƤhr 260 bis ungefƤhr 1500.The degree of polymerization of such preferred polyvinyl alcohols is between approximately 200 to approximately 2100, preferably between approximately 220 to approximately 1890, particularly preferably between approximately 240 to approximately 1680 and in particular between approximately 260 to approximately 1500.

Die Wasserlƶslichkeit von Polyvinylalkohol kann durch Nachbehandlung mit Aldehyden (Acetalisierung) oder Ketonen (Ketalisierung) verƤndert werden. Als besonders bevorzugt und aufgrund ihrer ausgesprochen guten Kaltwasserlƶslichkeit besonders vorteilhaft haben sich hierbei Polyvinylalkohole herausgestellt, die mit den Aldehyd- bzw. Ketogruppen von Sacchariden oder Polysacchariden oder Mischungen hiervon acetalisiert bzw. ketalisiert werden. Als ƤuƟerst vorteilhaft einzusetzen sind die Reaktionsprodukte aus Polyvinylalkohol und StƤrke. Weiterhin lƤsst sich die Wasserlƶslichkeit durch Komplexierung mit Ni- oder Cu-Salzen oder durch Behandlung mit Dichromaten, BorsƤure, Borax verƤndern und so gezielt auf gewĆ¼nschte Werte einstellen.The water solubility of polyvinyl alcohol can be changed by post-treatment with aldehydes (acetalization) or ketones (ketalization). Polyvinyl alcohols which have been acetalized or ketalized with the aldehyde or keto groups of saccharides or polysaccharides or mixtures thereof have proven to be particularly preferred and particularly advantageous because of their extremely good solubility in cold water. The reaction products of polyvinyl alcohol and starch are to be used extremely advantageously. Furthermore, the water solubility can be changed by complexing with Ni or Cu salts or by treatment with dichromates, boric acid, borax and thus adjusted to the desired values.

Der wasserlƶsliche Beutel hat vorzugsweise eine Dicke von 10 Āµm bis 500 Āµm, insbesondere von 20 Āµm bis 400 Āµm, besonders bevorzugt von 30 Āµm bis 300 Āµm, vor allem von 40 Āµm bis 200 Āµm, insbesondere von 50 Āµm bis 150 Āµm. Ein besonders bevorzugt eingesetzter Polyvinylalkohol ist beispielsweise unter dem Handelsnamen M8630 (Monosol) erhƤltlich.The water-soluble bag preferably has a thickness of 10 Ī¼m to 500 Ī¼m, in particular 20 Ī¼m to 400 Ī¼m, particularly preferably 30 Ī¼m to 300 Ī¼m, especially 40 Ī¼m to 200 Ī¼m, in particular 50 Ī¼m to 150 Ī¼m. A particularly preferred polyvinyl alcohol is available, for example, under the trade name M8630 (Monosol).

Die wasserlƶsliche Folie, welche bei der engen UmhĆ¼llung) bevorzugt eingesetzt wird, umfasst besonders bevorzugt Polyvinylalkohol, wie oben beschrieben, wobei als Ausgangsdicke vorzugsweise eine Dicke von 10 Āµm bis 100 Āµm, insbesondere von 12 Āµm bis 60 Āµm, besonders bevorzugt von 15 Āµm bis 50 Āµm, vor allem von 20 Āµm bis 40 Āµm, insbesondere von 22 Āµm bis 35 Āµm verwendet wird.The water-soluble film, which is preferably used in the tight wrapping), particularly preferably comprises polyvinyl alcohol, as described above, the starting thickness preferably being from 10 Ī¼m to 100 Ī¼m, in particular from 12 Ī¼m to 60 Ī¼m, particularly preferably from 15 Ī¼m to 50 microns, especially from 20 microns to 40 microns, especially from 22 microns to 35 microns is used.

Im Falle einer engen UmhĆ¼llung, ist jeweils eine Einmalportion des Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittels umhĆ¼llt. FĆ¼r die erfindungsgemƤƟen umhĆ¼llten Wasch- oder Reinigungsmitteleinmalportion ist es wichtig, dass die UmhĆ¼llung an jeder Stelle der Tabletten dicht an deren OberflƤche anliegt. Idealerweise steht die UmhĆ¼llung sogar unter Spannung, was jedoch nicht zwingend erforderlich ist. Dieses dichte Anliegen der UmhĆ¼llung ist fƶrderlich fĆ¼r den Zerfall: Beim ersten Kontakt mit Wasser wird die UmhĆ¼llung an irgendeiner Stelle eine geringe Menge Wasser durchlassen, wobei sie sich zunƤchst Ć¼berhaupt nicht zu lƶsen braucht. An dieser Stelle beginnt das in der Tablette enthaltene Sprengmittel zu quellen. Dies fĆ¼hrt dazu, dass die UmhĆ¼llung nun infolge der Volumenzunahme der Tablette schlagartig aufreiƟt und die Tablette freigibt. Bei einer nicht eng anliegenden UmhĆ¼llung funktioniert der hier beschrieben Mechanismus nicht, da die Tablette quellen kann, ohne dass die UmhĆ¼llung dadurch gesprengt wĆ¼rde. Dabei ist der Einsatz eines quellbaren Desintegrationsmittels einem gasentwickelnden System Ć¼berlegen, da dessen sprengende Wirkung in jedem Fall zu einem AufreiƟen der UmhĆ¼llung fĆ¼hrt. Bei einem gasentwickelnden System kann die Sprengwirkung durch Entweichen des Gases aus einer Leckstelle der UmhĆ¼llung "verpuffen".In the case of a tight wrapping, a single serving of the detergent or cleaning agent is wrapped. For the coated detergent or cleaning agent disposable portion according to the invention, it is important that the coating lies tightly against the surface of the tablets at every point. Ideally, the casing is even under tension, but this is not absolutely necessary. This tight fit of the covering is conducive to disintegration: the first time it comes into contact with water, the covering will let a small amount of water through at some point, although it does not need to be detached at first. At this point, the disintegrant contained in the tablet begins to swell. As a result, the casing suddenly tears open due to the increase in volume of the tablet and releases the tablet. The mechanism described here will not work if the casing is not snug because the tablet can swell without the casing being blown up. The use of a swellable disintegration agent is superior to a gas-developing system, since its explosive effect in any case leads to the casing being torn open. In a gas-generating system, the explosive effect can "dissipate" by the gas escaping from a leak in the casing.

ErfindungsgemƤƟe bevorzugte Wasch- oder Reinigungsmitteleinmalportionen sind dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass der Abstand zwischen der Einmalportion und wasserlƶslicher UmhĆ¼llung Ć¼ber die gesamte FlƤche 0,1 bis 1000 Āµm, vorzugsweise 0,5 bis 500 Āµm, besonders bevorzugt 1 bis 250 Āµm und insbesondere 2,5 bis 100 Āµm, betrƤgt.Preferred detergent or cleaning agent disposable portions according to the invention are characterized in that the distance between the single portion and the water-soluble coating over the entire area is 0.1 to 1000 Ī¼m, preferably 0.5 to 500 Ī¼m, particularly preferably 1 to 250 Ī¼m and in particular 2.5 to 100 Āµm.

In einer bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform wird die FolienumhĆ¼llung zunƤchst lose um eine Wasch-oder Reinigungsmitteleinmalportion gelegt und verschweiƟt und dann auf diese aufgeschrumpft, so dass ein enger Kontakt zwischen der Folienverpackung und dem Reinigungsmittelkonzentrat gegeben ist. Demzufolge sind erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmitteleinmalportionen dadurch gekennzeichnet, dass die UmhĆ¼llung eine auf diese aufgeschrumpfte Folienverpackung ist.In a preferred embodiment, the film wrapping is first loosely placed around a single portion of washing or cleaning agent and welded and then shrunk onto it, so that there is close contact between the film packaging and the cleaning agent concentrate. Accordingly, disposable detergent or cleaning agent portions according to the invention are characterized in that the wrapper is a film packaging shrunk onto it.

Beispielsweise kann diese UmhĆ¼llung erfolgen, indem eine wasserlƶsliche Unterfolie auf eine Transportkette oder ein Form(en)werkzeug aufgelegt wird, dann eine oder mehrerer Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittelportion(en) auf die Unterfolie aufgelegt werden; anschlieƟend eine wasserlƶsliche Oberfolie auf die Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittelportion(en) auf der Unterfolie aufgelegt und diese dann auf der Unterfolie unter Einschluss der Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittelportion(en) fixiert wird, Alternativ kann dieser Schritt auch durch eine einstrƤngige Folie erfolgen, die dann als Schlauch um die Einmalportionen gelegt wird. AnschlieƟend erfolgt ein Versiegeln und optionales Schneiden der Folien. AnschlieƟend kann dann das Aufschrumpfen der Folie durch die Verwendung von HeiƟluft oder Infrarot-Strahlung, optional mit AndrĆ¼cken, erfolgen.For example, this wrapping can be carried out by placing a water-soluble bottom film on a transport chain or a mold (s), then placing one or more detergent or cleaning agent portions (s) on the bottom film; Subsequently, a water-soluble top film is placed on the detergent or cleaning agent portion (s) on the bottom film and this is then fixed on the bottom film, including the detergent or cleaning agent portion (s). Alternatively, this step can also be carried out using a single-strand film, which is then used as Tube is placed around the disposable portions. The foils are then sealed and optionally cut. The film can then be shrink-wrapped using hot air or infrared radiation, optionally with pressure.

Solche wasserlƶslichen UmhĆ¼llungen sind auch in den Patentanmeldungen WO 2004/031338 A sowie WO 2003/099985 A , auf deren Offenbarung hiermit in vollem Umfang Bezug genommen wird, bereits beschrieben.Such water-soluble coatings are also in the patent applications WO 2004/031338 A such as WO 2003/099985 A , the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety, has already been described.

Die wenigstens eine erste Phase (1) des erfindungsgemƤƟen Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittels, insbesondere des GeschirrspĆ¼lmittels, bevorzugt des maschinellen GeschirrspĆ¼lmittels, liegt in einer bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform in Gestalt eines Formkƶrpers, insbesondere eines Kompaktats, vor allem einer Tablette vor. Besonders bevorzugt ist die wenigstens eine erste Phase (1) ein pulverfƶrmiges Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel, welches in Form einer Tablette kompaktiert vorliegt.In a preferred embodiment, the at least one first phase (1) of the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention, in particular the dishwashing agent, preferably the machine dishwashing agent, is in the form of a shaped body, in particular a compact, especially a tablet. The at least one first phase (1) is particularly preferably a powdered washing or cleaning agent which is present in compact form in the form of a tablet.

Die wenigstens eine erste Phase (1) und die wenigstens eine zweite Phase (2) kƶnnen, egal ob sie unmittelbar oder mittelbar (beispielsweise durch das Vorliegen einer Folie, UmhĆ¼llung oder eines Beutels wie oben beschrieben) in beliebiger Kombination zueinander angeordnet sein. So kann eine erste Phase (1) auf oder neben einer zweiten Phase (2) angeordnet sein, wie in Fig. 1 schematisch gezeigt. In dieser AusfĆ¼hrungsform weist das erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel eine erste Phase (1) und eine zweite Phase (2) auf. Es ist auch denkbar, dass eine erste Phase (1) von zweiten Phasen (2) umgeben ist, oder andersherum, wie in Fig. 2a und Fig. 2b dargestellt. Auch ein einbetten einer Phase in eine andere, wie in Fig. 3a und Fig. 3b schematisch gezeigt, ist erfindungsgemƤƟ umfasst. Eine weitere, besonders bevorzugte Anordnung ist in Fig. 4 schematisch gezeigt. Dabei liegt die zweite Phase (2) in Form eines Kerns vor, der in die erste Phase (1) eingebettet ist. Besonders bevorzugt ist eine Poolform der festen ersten Phase (1), also eine Form mit einer Mulde, in welche die zweite Phase eingebracht wird. Die Mulde kann dabei rund, oval oder eckig sein. Es kƶnnen auch 2 voneinander getrennte Mulden vorhanden sein, die mit der wenigstens einen zweiten Phase (2) gefĆ¼llt werden. In dieser AusfĆ¼hrungsform umfasst das Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel zwei zweite Phasen (2), wobei die zwei zweiten Phasen unterschiedliche Zusammensetzungen aufweisen kƶnnen.The at least one first phase (1) and the at least one second phase (2) can be arranged in any combination with one another, regardless of whether they are arranged directly or indirectly (for example due to the presence of a film, wrapping or a bag as described above). A first phase (1) can be arranged on or next to a second phase (2), as in Fig. 1 shown schematically. In this embodiment, the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention has a first phase (1) and a second phase (2). It is also conceivable that a first phase (1) is surrounded by second phases (2), or vice versa, as in Fig. 2a and Fig. 2b shown. Also embedding one phase in another, as in 3a and 3b schematically shown is included according to the invention. Another, particularly preferred arrangement is in Fig. 4 shown schematically. The second phase (2) is in the form of a core which is embedded in the first phase (1). A pool form of the solid first phase (1) is particularly preferred, that is to say a form with a depression into which the second phase is introduced. The trough can be round, oval or angular. There may also be two separate troughs which are filled with the at least one second phase (2). In this embodiment, the washing or cleaning agent comprises two second phases (2), wherein the two second phases can have different compositions.

GrundsƤtzlich sind beliebige Geometrien mƶglich. Die vorliegend gezeigte rechteckige Form ist dabei nur beispielshaft. Denkbar sind auch eine runde oder ovale Form der beiden Phasen oder beliebige mehreckige Ausgestaltungen.Basically, any geometries are possible. The rectangular shape shown here is only exemplary. A round or oval shape of the two phases or any polygonal configurations are also conceivable.

Ein weiterer Gegenstand der vorliegenden Anmeldung ist ein Verfahren zur Reinigung von harten OberflƤchen, insbesondere von Geschirr, in dem die OberflƤche in an sich bekannter Weise unter Verwendung eines erfindungsgemƤƟen Reinigungsmittels bearbeitet wird. Insbesondere wird dabei die OberflƤche mit dem erfindungsgemƤƟen Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel in Kontakt gebracht. Die Reinigung erfolgt dabei insbesondere mit einer Reinigungsmaschine, bevorzugt mit einer GeschirrspĆ¼lmaschine.The present application also relates to a method for cleaning hard surfaces, in particular dishes, in which the surface is processed in a manner known per se using a cleaning agent according to the invention. In particular, the surface is brought into contact with the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention. The cleaning is carried out in particular with a cleaning machine, preferably with a dishwasher.

Ein weiterer Gegenstand der vorliegenden Erfindung ist ebenso die Verwendung eines Reinigungsmittels zur Reinigung von harten OberflƤchen, insbesondere von Geschirr.Another object of the present invention is also the use of a cleaning agent for cleaning hard surfaces, especially dishes.

Die vorliegende Anmeldung hat in einer bevorzugten AusfĆ¼hrungsform maschinelle GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel zum Gegenstand. Als maschinelle GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel werden nach MaƟgabe dieser Anmeldung Zusammensetzungen bezeichnet, die zur Reinigung verschmutzten Geschirrs in einem maschinellen GeschirrspĆ¼lverfahren eingesetzt werden kƶnnen. Damit unterscheiden sich die erfindungsgemƤƟen maschinellen GeschirrspĆ¼lmittel beispielsweise von den maschinellen KlarspĆ¼lmitteln, die stets in Kombination mit maschinellen GeschirrspĆ¼lmitteln eingesetzt werden und keine eigene Reinigungswirkung entfalten.In a preferred embodiment, the present application relates to automatic dishwashing detergents. According to this application, machine dishwashing detergents are compositions which can be used to clean soiled dishes in an automatic dishwashing process. The machine dishwashing detergents according to the invention thus differ, for example, from the machine rinse aids which are always used in combination with machine dishwashing agents and do not have their own cleaning action.

Soweit in der vorliegenden Anmeldung festgehalten ist, dass das erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel im ganzen oder in der wenigstens einen ersten Phase (1) oder in der wenigstens einen zweiten Phase (2) etwas umfasst, ist ebenfalls als offenbart anzusehen, dass Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel bzw. die jeweilige Phase daraus bestehen kann. Im nachfolgenden AusfĆ¼hrungsbeispiel wird das erfindungsgemƤƟe Wasch- oder Reinigungsmittel in nicht limitierender Weise beschrieben.Insofar as it is stated in the present application that the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention comprises something in whole or in the at least one first phase (1) or in the at least one second phase (2), it should also be regarded as disclosed that washing or Detergent or the respective phase can consist of it. In the following embodiment, the washing or cleaning agent according to the invention is described in a non-limiting manner.

AusfĆ¼hrungsbeispiele:Examples:

Es wurden erfindungsgemƤƟe Reinigungsmittel hergestellt, die eine erste Phase und eine zweite Phase umfassten. Hierbei wurden unterschiedliche Geometrien realisiert. Weiterhin wurden Reinigungsmittel hergestellt, die zwei erste Phasen und eine zweite Phase umfassten. Die folgenden Angaben beziehen sich auf Gew.-% Aktivsubstanz bezogen auf das Gesamtgewicht der jeweiligen Phase.Cleaning agents according to the invention were produced which comprised a first phase and a second phase. Different geometries were realized. Cleaning agents were also produced, which comprised two first phases and a second phase. The following information relates to% by weight of active substance based on the total weight of the respective phase.

Die ersten Phasen wiesen dabei die folgende Zusammensetzung auf: Gew.-% Citrat, Na-Salz 10-25 Phosphonat (z.B. HEDP) 0-10 MGDA, Na-Salz 0-40 Disilicat, Na-Salz 0-40 Soda 10-30 Percarbonat, Na-Salz 5,0-20,0 Bleichkatalysator (bevorzugt Mn-basiert) 0,0-0,8 Bleichaktivator (z.B. TAED) 1,0-4,0 Nichtionische(s) Tensid(e), z.B. Fettalkoholalkoxylat, bevorzugt 20-40 EO, ggf. endcapped 1,5-15,0 Polycarboxylat 0,5-15 Kationisches Copolymer 0,0-1,0 Disintegrant - (z.B. Crosslinked PVP) 0,0-3,0 Protease-Zubereitung (tq) 1,0-7 Amylase-Zubereitung (tq) 0,2- 6 Silberschutz (Benzotriazol) 0,0 - 1,0 ParfĆ¼m 0,0-0,5 Farbstofflƶsung 0,0 - 1,5 Zn-Salz (z.B. Acetat) 0,01 - 0,5 Natriumsulfat 0,0 - 25 Wasser 0,0-3 pH-Stellmittel (z.B. CitronensƤure) 0,0 - 5 Prozesshilfsmittel 0-10 The first phases had the following composition: % By weight Citrate, Na salt 10-25 Phosphonate (e.g. HEDP) 0-10 MGDA, Na salt 0-40 Disilicate, sodium salt 0-40 soda 10-30 Percarbonate, Na salt 5.0-20.0 Bleaching catalyst (preferably Mn-based) 0.0-0.8 Bleach activator (e.g. TAED) 1.0-4.0 Non-ionic surfactant (s), eg fatty alcohol alkoxylate, preferably 20-40 EO, optionally endcapped 1.5-15.0 Polycarboxylate 0.5-15 Cationic copolymer 0.0-1.0 Disintegrant - (e.g. Crosslinked PVP) 0.0-3.0 Protease preparation (tq) 1.0-7 Amylase preparation (tq) 0.2-6 Silver protection (benzotriazole) 0.0 - 1.0 Perfume 0.0-0.5 Dye solution 0.0 - 1.5 Zn salt (e.g. acetate) 0.01-0.5 Sodium sulfate 0.0 - 25 water 0.0-3 pH adjusting agent (e.g. citric acid) 0.0 - 5 Process aids 0-10

Des Weiteren wurden erste Phasen hergestellt, die die folgende Zusammensetzung aufwiesen: Gew.-% Citrat, Na-Salz 15-20 Phosphonat (z.B. HEDP) 2,5-7,5 MGDA, Na-Salz 0-25 Disilicat, Na-Salz 5-35 Soda 10-25 Percarbonat, Na-Salz 10-15 Bleichkatalysator (bevorzugt Mn-basiert) 0,02-0,5 Bleichaktivator (z.B. TAED) 1-3 Nichtionische(s) Tensid(e), z.B. Fettalkoholalkoxylat, bevorzugt 20-40 EO, ggf. endcapped 2,5-10 Polycarboxylat 4-10 Kationisches Copolymer 0 - 0,75 Disintegrant - (z.B. Crosslinked PVP) 0-1,5 Protease-Zubereitung (tq) 1,5-5 Amylase-Zubereitung (tq) 0,5-3 Silberschutz (Benzotriazol) 0-0,5 ParfĆ¼m 0,05-0,25 Farbstofflƶsung 0,0-1 Zn-Salz (z.B. Acetat) 0,1-0,3 Natriumsulfat 0,0 - 10 Wasser 0,0-1,5 pH-Stellmittel (z.B. CitronensƤure) 0-1,5 Prozesshilfsmittel 0-5 Furthermore, the first phases were produced, which had the following composition: % By weight Citrate, Na salt 15-20 Phosphonate (e.g. HEDP) 2.5-7.5 MGDA, Na salt 0-25 Disilicate, sodium salt 5-35 soda 10-25 Percarbonate, Na salt 10-15 Bleaching catalyst (preferably Mn-based) 0.02-0.5 Bleach activator (e.g. TAED) 1-3 Non-ionic surfactant (s), eg fatty alcohol alkoxylate, preferably 20-40 EO, optionally endcapped 2.5-10 Polycarboxylate 4-10 Cationic copolymer 0 - 0.75 Disintegrant - (e.g. Crosslinked PVP) 0-1.5 Protease preparation (tq) 1.5-5 Amylase preparation (tq) 0.5-3 Silver protection (benzotriazole) 0-0.5 Perfume 0.05-0.25 Dye solution 0.0-1 Zn salt (e.g. acetate) 0.1-0.3 Sodium sulfate 0.0 - 10 water 0.0-1.5 pH adjusting agent (e.g. citric acid) 0-1.5 Process aids 0-5

Diese ersten Phasen lagen in Form einer kompaktierter Tabletten mit einer Vertiefung an einer Seite vor. In diese wurde eine flĆ¼ssige Zusammensetzung gegossen, welche nach dem AushƤrten die zweite Phase ergeben hat. Das erhaltene Reinigungsmittel lag entsprechend der in Fig. 4 gezeigten Form vor. Weitere erste Phasen lagen ohne Vertiefung vor. Hier wurde auf die OberflƤche der ersten Phase eine zweite Phase unmittelbar in Kontakt gebracht.These first phases were in the form of compacted tablets with a recess on one side. A liquid composition was poured into this, which resulted in the second phase after curing. The cleaning agent obtained was in accordance with Fig. 4 shown form. The first phases were without further study. Here a second phase was brought into direct contact on the surface of the first phase.

Die zweiten Phasen hatte die folgende Zusammensetzung: Gew.-% Glycerin 10-50 Propandiol (bevorzugt 1,3-Propandiol) 10-50 Polycarboxylat Homo- und/oder Copolymer mit SulfonsƤurehaltigen Gruppen 0 - 30 Nichtionische(s) Tensid(e), z.B. Fettalkoholalkoxylat, bevorzugt 20-40 EO, ggf. endcapped 0-40 Polyethylenglykol mittl. Mr 1000-2000 0-20 Verdickungsmittel (bevorzugt Gelatine oder PVA) 5-50 Prozesshilfsmittel 0-10 Farbstofflƶsung 0,0 - 1,5 The second phases had the following composition: % By weight Glycerin 10-50 Propanediol (preferably 1,3-propanediol) 10-50 Polycarboxylate homo- and / or copolymer with sulfonic acid groups 0-30 Non-ionic surfactant (s), eg fatty alcohol alkoxylate, preferably 20-40 EO, optionally endcapped 0-40 Polyethylene glycol average Mr 1000-2000 0-20 Thickener (preferably gelatin or PVA) 5-50 Process aids 0-10 Dye solution 0.0 - 1.5

Es wurden weitere zweite Phasen mit der folgenden Zusammensetzung hergestellt: Gew.-% Glycerin 20 - 45 Propandiol (bevorzugt 1,3-Propandiol) 10 - 30 Polycarboxylat; Homo- und/oder Copolymer mit SulfonsƤurehaltigen Gruppen 5-20 Nichtionische(s) Tensid(e), z.B. Fettalkoholalkoxylat, bevorzugt 20-40 EO, ggf. endcapped 5-25 Polyethylenglykol mittl. Mr 1000-2000 0-8 Verdickungsmittel (bevorzugt Gelatine oder PVA) 10-20 Prozesshilfsmittel 0-5 Farbstofflƶsung 0,0-0,5 Further second phases with the following composition were produced: % By weight Glycerin 20-45 Propanediol (preferably 1,3-propanediol) 10 - 30 Polycarboxylate; Homo- and / or copolymer with sulfonic acid groups 5-20 Non-ionic surfactant (s), eg fatty alcohol alkoxylate, preferably 20-40 EO, optionally endcapped 5-25 Polyethylene glycol average Mr 1000-2000 0-8 Thickener (preferably gelatin or PVA) 10-20 Process aids 0-5 Dye solution 0.0-0.5

Die ersten und die zweiten Phasen konnten beliebig miteinander kombiniert werden. Die rƤumliche Ausgestaltung der zweiten Phase, die nach dem Vermischen der Inhaltsstoffe flĆ¼ssig und innerhalb einer Erstarrungszeit von etwa 10 bis 15 Minuten formstabil war, wurde durch die rƤumliche Ausgestaltung der ersten Phase sowie durch handelsĆ¼bliche oder selbst designte Formen vorgegeben. In diese Formen wurde die flĆ¼ssige zweite Phase eingebracht und nach der Erstarrungszeit wurden die Formen entnommen, ohne dass sich die zweite Phase verƤnderte. Hierdurch konnten beliebige Geometrien der zweiten Phase ermƶglicht werden. Tabelle 1: Beispiele fĆ¼r Zusammensetzungen einer zweiten Phase A1 A2 1,2 Propandiol 0,0 31 1,3 Propandiol 31 0,0 Trinatriumcitrat * 2 H2O 8 8 Glycerin 31 31 Gelatine 60 Bloom 15 15 Nichtionisches Tensid 15 15 Erstarrungszeit (20Ā°C)/min 5 20 Haptik der OberflƤche nach 12 h Lagerzeit bei 20Ā°C trocken feucht The first and second phases could be combined with one another as desired. The spatial design of the second phase, which was liquid after the ingredients had been mixed and remained stable within a solidification time of about 10 to 15 minutes, was determined by the spatial Design of the first phase as well as given by customary or self-designed shapes. The liquid second phase was introduced into these molds and after the solidification time the molds were removed without the second phase changing. This allowed any geometries of the second phase to be made possible. Table 1: Examples of second phase compositions A1 A2 1,2 propanediol 0.0 31 1,3 propanediol 31 0.0 Trisodium citrate * 2 H 2 O 8th 8th Glycerin 31 31 Gelatin 60 Bloom 15 15 Nonionic surfactant 15 15 Solidification time (20 Ā° C) / min 5 20th Haptics of the surface after 12 h of storage at 20 Ā° C dry wet

Aus Tabelle 1 ist ersichtlich, dass 1,3 Propandiol zu einer schnelleren Erstarrung der formstabilen zweiten Phase fĆ¼hrt. Tabelle 2: weitere Beispiele fĆ¼r Zusammensetzungen einer zweiten Phase B1 B2 B3 B4 1,2 Propandiol 45 0,0 0,0 0,0 1,3 Propandiol 0,0 45 0,0 0,0 1,3 Butandiol 0,0 0,0 45 0,0 1,4 Butandiol 0,0 0,0 0,0 45 Glycerin 29 29 29 29 Maltodextrin 5 5 5 5 Gelatine 60 Bloom 20 20 20 20 Nichtionisches Tensid 1 1 1 1 Erstarrungszeit (20Ā°C)/min 15 5 5 5 Transparenz Transparent Transparent opak opak Haptik der OberflƤche nach 12 h Lagerzeit bei 20Ā°C trocken Trocken fettig fettig Tabelle 3: LagerstabilitƤt nach 12 Tagen Lagerzeit bei 40Ā°C der zweiten Phase (eingegossen in die Mulde einer GeschirrspĆ¼lmitteltablette) C1 C2 1,2 Propandiol 47 0,0 1,3 Propandiol 0,0 47 Glycerin 20 20 SulfonsƤuregruppen-haltiges Polymer (gemahlen) 8 8 Gelatine 180 Bloom 25 25 Erstarrungszeit (20Ā°C)/min 15 5 Nach Lagerung, 40Ā°C, 12 Tage: Haftung zwischen erster und zweiter Phase Gering Sehr gut Haptik/Optik der zweiten Phase (OberflƤche) trocken, glƤnzend, transparent trocken, glƤnzend, transparent It can be seen from Table 1 that 1,3-propanediol leads to a faster solidification of the dimensionally stable second phase. Table 2: further examples of compositions of a second phase B1 B2 B3 B4 1,2 propanediol 45 0.0 0.0 0.0 1,3 propanediol 0.0 45 0.0 0.0 1.3 butanediol 0.0 0.0 45 0.0 1.4 butanediol 0.0 0.0 0.0 45 Glycerin 29 29 29 29 Maltodextrin 5 5 5 5 Gelatin 60 Bloom 20th 20th 20th 20th Nonionic surfactant 1 1 1 1 Solidification time (20 Ā° C) / min 15 5 5 5 transparency Transparent Transparent opaque opaque Haptics of the surface after 12 h of storage at 20 Ā° C dry Dry greasy greasy C1 C2 1,2 propanediol 47 0.0 1,3 propanediol 0.0 47 Glycerin 20th 20th Polymer containing sulfonic acid groups (ground) 8th 8th Gelatin 180 Bloom 25th 25th Solidification time (20 Ā° C) / min 15 5 After storage, 40 Ā° C, 12 days: Liability between the first and second phase Low Very well Haptics / optics of the second phase (surface) dry, shiny, transparent dry, shiny, transparent

Claims (9)

  1. A washing or cleaning agent comprising at least one first phase (1) and at least one second phase (2) that is different therefrom, characterized in that the at least one first phase (1) is solid and in particular compressed and the at least one second phase (2) comprises at least one polymer and at least two polyvalent alcohols, a first polyvalent alcohol being an alkanetriol and a second polyvalent alcohol being an alkanediol, and the at least one second phase (2) comprising gelatin and/or polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) as the polymer.
  2. The washing or cleaning agent according to claim 1, characterized in that the at least one second phase (2) comprises at least two polyvalent alcohols, a first polyvalent alcohol being a C3 to C10 alkanetriol, and a second polyvalent alcohol being a C3 to C10 alkanediol.
  3. The washing or cleaning agent according to claim 2, characterized in that the first polyvalent alcohol is a C3 to C8 alkanetriol, in particular a C3 to C6 alkanetriol, preferably glycerol and/or 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane and/or 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)-1,3-propanediol, particularly glycerol and/or 1,1,1-trimethylolpropane, more particularly glycerol.
  4. The washing or cleaning agent according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that the second polyvalent alcohol is a C3 to C8 alkanediol, in particular a C3 to C5 alkanediol.
  5. The washing or cleaning agent according to one of claims 2 to 4, characterized in that the two OH groups of the alkanediol are not arranged on immediately adjacent C atoms of the alkyl chain, and in particular three or four carbon atoms are located between the two OH groups.
  6. The washing or cleaning agent according to one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the at least one second phase (2) is substantially water-free.
  7. The washing or cleaning agent according to one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the at least one first phase (1) and/or the at least one second phase (2) comprises at least one surfactant, in particular at least one non-ionic surfactant.
  8. The washing or cleaning agent according to one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that it is present in the form of a tablet, the weight ratio of the at least one first phase (1) to the at least one second phase (2) being 20:1 to 8:1.
  9. The washing or cleaning agent according to one of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that it is a dishwashing detergent, particularly a dishwashing detergent for automatically cleaning dishes.
EP16751497.5A 2015-07-23 2016-07-20 Detergent or cleaning agent with at least two phases Active EP3325595B1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PL16751497T PL3325595T3 (en) 2015-07-23 2016-07-20 Detergent or cleaning agent with at least two phases
EP20173373.0A EP3733825A1 (en) 2015-07-23 2016-07-20 Washing or cleaning composition comprising at least two phases

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DE102015213943.3A DE102015213943A1 (en) 2015-07-23 2015-07-23 Washing or cleaning agent comprising at least two phases
PCT/EP2016/067260 WO2017013156A1 (en) 2015-07-23 2016-07-20 Detergent or cleaning agent with at least two phases

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP20173373.0A Division-Into EP3733825A1 (en) 2015-07-23 2016-07-20 Washing or cleaning composition comprising at least two phases
EP20173373.0A Division EP3733825A1 (en) 2015-07-23 2016-07-20 Washing or cleaning composition comprising at least two phases

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP3325595A1 EP3325595A1 (en) 2018-05-30
EP3325595B1 true EP3325595B1 (en) 2020-06-17

Family

ID=56686761

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP20173373.0A Pending EP3733825A1 (en) 2015-07-23 2016-07-20 Washing or cleaning composition comprising at least two phases
EP16751497.5A Active EP3325595B1 (en) 2015-07-23 2016-07-20 Detergent or cleaning agent with at least two phases

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP20173373.0A Pending EP3733825A1 (en) 2015-07-23 2016-07-20 Washing or cleaning composition comprising at least two phases

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (3) US10626352B2 (en)
EP (2) EP3733825A1 (en)
DE (1) DE102015213943A1 (en)
ES (1) ES2809824T3 (en)
PL (1) PL3325595T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2017013156A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, ā€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102015213943A1 (en) * 2015-07-23 2017-01-26 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa Washing or cleaning agent comprising at least two phases
KR102510203B1 (en) 2017-01-24 2023-03-16 ķ—Øģ¼ˆ ģ•„ź²Œ ģš“ķŠø ģ½”. ģ¹“ź²Œģ•„ģ•„ Detergent or detergent dispenser having at least two phases
DE102017201097A1 (en) * 2017-01-24 2018-07-26 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa Washing or cleaning agent comprising at least two phases
DE102018221584A1 (en) * 2018-12-13 2020-06-18 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa Process for the production of multi-phase detergent tablets
FR3109392B1 (en) * 2020-04-20 2023-06-30 Eurotab Operations Detergent tablet set
DE102021203324A1 (en) 2021-04-01 2022-10-06 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa detergent portion unit
DE102021203328A1 (en) 2021-04-01 2022-10-06 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa detergent portion unit
DE102021203326A1 (en) 2021-04-01 2022-10-06 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa detergent portion unit
DE102021203325A1 (en) 2021-04-01 2022-10-06 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa detergent portion unit
DE102022125211A1 (en) 2022-09-29 2024-04-04 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa Dishwashing detergent portion unit made of gel and pressed phase

Family Cites Families (20)

* Cited by examiner, ā€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0842257B1 (en) * 1995-07-13 2000-12-27 Benckiser N.V. Dish washer product in tablet form
BR9814021A (en) * 1997-11-10 2000-09-26 Procter & Gamble Multilayer detergent tablet that has both compressed and uncompressed portions
WO1999024548A1 (en) * 1997-11-10 1999-05-20 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent tablet
BR9807007A (en) * 1997-11-26 2000-03-14 Procter & Gamble Multilayer detergent tablet having both compressed and uncompressed portions
EP1203066B1 (en) * 1999-08-10 2008-07-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent compositions comprising hydrotropes
US7033988B2 (en) * 2002-01-23 2006-04-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent tablets comprising solubility aids
DE10245262A1 (en) 2002-05-24 2004-04-08 Henkel Kgaa Detergent-portioned tablet portions II
DE10225794A1 (en) * 2002-06-10 2003-12-18 Basf Ag Composition comprising sulfonic acid group containing copolymers, monoethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acid and nonionic monomer useful as a coating inhibiting additive in dishwashers
EP1378563B1 (en) * 2002-07-03 2007-01-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Detergent Composition
DE10245260A1 (en) 2002-09-27 2004-04-15 Henkel Kgaa Process for the production of coated detergent or cleaning agent portions
GB2415200A (en) * 2004-06-19 2005-12-21 Reckitt Benckiser Nv Process for producing a detergent tablet
WO2008087424A1 (en) * 2007-01-18 2008-07-24 Reckitt Benckiser N.V. Dosage element and a method of manufacturing a dosage element
WO2012027404A1 (en) * 2010-08-23 2012-03-01 The Sun Products Corporation Unit dose detergent compositions and methods of production and use thereof
US20140018279A1 (en) * 2012-07-11 2014-01-16 Xinbei Song Dishwashing compositions containing an esterified substituted benzene sulfonate
EP2924106A1 (en) 2014-03-28 2015-09-30 The Procter and Gamble Company Water soluble unit dose article
GB201414179D0 (en) * 2014-08-11 2014-09-24 Reckitt Benckiser Brands Ltd Detergent
DE102014218953A1 (en) 2014-09-19 2016-03-24 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa Portion for textile treatment agent
DE102015213943A1 (en) * 2015-07-23 2017-01-26 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa Washing or cleaning agent comprising at least two phases
DE102017201097A1 (en) * 2017-01-24 2018-07-26 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa Washing or cleaning agent comprising at least two phases
KR102510203B1 (en) * 2017-01-24 2023-03-16 ķ—Øģ¼ˆ ģ•„ź²Œ ģš“ķŠø ģ½”. ģ¹“ź²Œģ•„ģ•„ Detergent or detergent dispenser having at least two phases

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, ā€  Cited by third party
Title
None *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3325595A1 (en) 2018-05-30
US20200239812A1 (en) 2020-07-30
WO2017013156A1 (en) 2017-01-26
US10626352B2 (en) 2020-04-21
PL3325595T3 (en) 2021-01-11
US20190085265A1 (en) 2019-03-21
EP3733825A1 (en) 2020-11-04
US11912963B2 (en) 2024-02-27
US20220411723A1 (en) 2022-12-29
ES2809824T3 (en) 2021-03-05
DE102015213943A1 (en) 2017-01-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3325595B1 (en) Detergent or cleaning agent with at least two phases
WO2018138124A1 (en) Detergent or cleaning agent portion having at least two phases
EP3599269B1 (en) Cleaning agent with protection against glass corrosion
EP1363986B1 (en) "3 in 1" dishwashing agent and method for production thereof
EP3325592B1 (en) Use of a combination of a complexing agent and a surfactant for improving rinsing power
EP3574073A1 (en) Detergent or cleaning agent having at least two phases
DE102017201094A1 (en) Detergent or detergent portion comprising at least two phases
EP3770242A1 (en) Cleaning composition with enzyme
EP3325591B1 (en) Multiphase dishwashing detergent comprising a surfactant core
EP3599270A1 (en) Cleaning composition with silver protection
EP3599268A1 (en) Cleaning composition with surfactant gel phase
EP3599274A1 (en) Multiphase cleaning agent pouch
EP4299700A1 (en) Cleaning agent
EP4067464A1 (en) Cleaning agent
DE102021203177A1 (en) cleaning supplies
DE102021203176A1 (en) detergents or cleaning agents
DE102021203175A1 (en) detergents or cleaning agents
EP4067466A1 (en) Washing or cleaning agent
DE102021203178A1 (en) detergents or cleaning agents
DE102017201096A1 (en) Process for producing a shaped body
WO2018138122A1 (en) Surfactants in capsules with optimized cloud point

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE

PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20180108

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Extension state: BA ME

DAV Request for validation of the european patent (deleted)
DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20190426

GRAP Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR1

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: GRANT OF PATENT IS INTENDED

INTG Intention to grant announced

Effective date: 20200217

GRAS Grant fee paid

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOSNIGR3

GRAA (expected) grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE PATENT HAS BEEN GRANTED

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: B1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: FG4D

Free format text: NOT ENGLISH

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: EP

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: IE

Ref legal event code: FG4D

Free format text: LANGUAGE OF EP DOCUMENT: GERMAN

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R096

Ref document number: 502016010258

Country of ref document: DE

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: REF

Ref document number: 1281326

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20200715

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

Ref country code: GR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200918

Ref country code: NO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200917

Ref country code: SE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

Ref country code: LT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: LT

Ref legal event code: MG4D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: NL

Ref legal event code: MP

Effective date: 20200617

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LV

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

Ref country code: HR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

Ref country code: RS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

Ref country code: BG

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200917

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: NL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

Ref country code: AL

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CZ

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

Ref country code: RO

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

Ref country code: EE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

Ref country code: SM

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

Ref country code: PT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20201019

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: SK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

Ref country code: IS

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20201017

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: PL

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: ES

Ref legal event code: FG2A

Ref document number: 2809824

Country of ref document: ES

Kind code of ref document: T3

Effective date: 20210305

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: R097

Ref document number: 502016010258

Country of ref document: DE

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MC

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

PLBE No opposition filed within time limit

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: BE

Ref legal event code: MM

Effective date: 20200731

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20200731

Ref country code: LU

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20200720

Ref country code: CH

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20200731

Ref country code: DK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

26N No opposition filed

Effective date: 20210318

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: BE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20200731

Ref country code: SI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20200720

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: TR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

Ref country code: MT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

Ref country code: CY

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: MK

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO SUBMIT A TRANSLATION OF THE DESCRIPTION OR TO PAY THE FEE WITHIN THE PRESCRIBED TIME-LIMIT

Effective date: 20200617

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: AT

Ref legal event code: MM01

Ref document number: 1281326

Country of ref document: AT

Kind code of ref document: T

Effective date: 20210720

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: AT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20210720

P01 Opt-out of the competence of the unified patent court (upc) registered

Effective date: 20230530

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IT

Payment date: 20230724

Year of fee payment: 8

Ref country code: GB

Payment date: 20230721

Year of fee payment: 8

Ref country code: ES

Payment date: 20230926

Year of fee payment: 8

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: PL

Payment date: 20230707

Year of fee payment: 8

Ref country code: FR

Payment date: 20230726

Year of fee payment: 8

Ref country code: DE

Payment date: 20230719

Year of fee payment: 8